Document
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number: 001-16577
flagstara13a09.jpg
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Michigan
 
38-3150651
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan
 
48098-2639
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (248) 312-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes        No  ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes        No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer 
o
 
Accelerated Filer  
x 
 
Smaller Reporting Company  
o 
Non-Accelerated Filer  
o
 
Emerging growth company
o 
 
 
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   
 
  
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes        No  ý
The estimated aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing sale price ($30.82 per share) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017, was approximately $665 million. The registrant does not have any non-voting common equity shares.
As of March 8, 2018, 57,363,798 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report on Form 10-K.




 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.

2


GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

The following list of abbreviations and acronyms are provided as a tool for the reader and may be used throughout this Report, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes:
Term
 
Definition
 
Term
 
Definition
AFS
 
Available for Sale
 
Home Equity
 
Second Mortgages, HELOANs, HELOCs
Agencies
 
Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and Government National Mortgage Association, Collectively
 
HOLA
 
Home Owners Loan Act
ALLL
 
Allowance for Loan & Lease Losses
 
HPI
 
Housing Price Index
AOCI
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
H.R.1.
 
House of Representatives 1 - Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
ASU
 
Accounting Standards Update
 
HTM
 
Held-to-Maturity
Basel III
 
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Third Basel Accord
 
LIBOR
 
London Interbank Offered Rate
BSA
 
Bank Secrecy Act
 
LHFI
 
Loans Held-for-Investment
C&I
 
Commercial and Industrial
 
LHFS
 
Loans Held-for-Sale
CAMELS
 
Capital, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity
 
LTV
 
Loan-to-Value
CD
 
Certificates of Deposit
 
Management
 
Flagstar Bancorp’s Management
CDARS
 
Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service
 
MBIA
 
MBIA Insurance Corporation
CET1
 
Common Equity Tier 1
 
MBS
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities
CFPB
 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
 
MD&A
 
Management's Discussion and Analysis
CLTV
 
Combined Loan to Value
 
MP Thrift
 
MP Thrift Investments, L.P.
Common Stock
 
Common Shares
 
MSR
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
CRE
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
N/A
 
Not Applicable
DIF
 
Depositors Insurance Fund
 
NASDAQ
 
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations
DOJ
 
United States Department of Justice
 
NBV
 
Net Book Value
DTA
 
Deferred Tax Asset
 
NYSE
 
New York Stock Exchange
EVE
 
Economic Value of Equity
 
OCC
 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
ExLTIP
 
Executive Long-Term Incentive Program
 
OCI
 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
FACT Act
 
Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act
 
OFHEO
 
Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight
Fannie Mae/FNMA
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
OTS
 
Office of Thrift Supervision
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board
 
OTTI
 
Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment
FBC
 
Flagstar Bancorp
 
QTL
 
Qualified Thrift Lending
FDIC
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
Regulatory Agencies
 
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, U.S. Department of the Treasury, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Securities and Exchange Commission
Federal Reserve
 
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
 
RESPA
 
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act
FHA
 
Federal Housing Administration
 
RMBS
 
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
FHLB
 
Federal Home Loan Bank
 
RWA
 
Risk Weighted Assets
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation
 
SEC
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
FRB
 
Federal Reserve Bank
 
SFR
 
Single Family Residence
Freddie Mac/FHLMC
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
TARP
 
Troubled Asset Relief Program
FTE
 
Full Time Equivalent
 
TDR
 
Trouble Debt Restructuring
GAAP
 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
 
TILA
 
Truth in Lending Act
Ginnie Mae/GNMA
 
Government National Mortgage Association
 
UPB
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
GLBA
 
Gramm-Leach Bliley Act
 
U.S. Treasury
 
United States Department of Treasury
HELOAN
 
Home Equity Loans
 
VIE
 
Variable Interest Entities
HELOC
 
Home Equity Lines of Credit
 
XBRL
 
eXtensible Business Reporting Language
HFI
 
Held for Investment
 
 
 
 

3


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    
Certain statements in this Form 10-K, including but not limited to statements included within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. In addition, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC, and our management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others.

Generally, forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent management’s beliefs regarding future events. Such statements may be identified by words such as believe, expect, anticipate, intend, plan, estimate, may increase, may fluctuate, and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as will, should, would, and could. Such statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and changes in circumstances. Actual results and capital and other financial conditions may differ materially from those included in these statements due to a variety of factors, including without limitation the precautionary statements included within each individual business’ discussion and analysis of our results of operations and the risk factors listed and described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Other than as required under United States securities laws, Flagstar Bancorp does not undertake to update the forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that may arise after the date of the forward-looking statements.

    


4



PART I

ITEM 1.
BUSINESS

Where we say "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Bancorp" or "Flagstar," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," or "our," the "Company," or "Flagstar," will include our wholly-owned subsidiary Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"). See the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms on page 3 for definitions used throughout this Form 10-K.    

Introduction

We are a leading savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. Based on our assets at December 31, 2017, we are one of the largest banks headquartered in Michigan, providing commercial, small business, and consumer banking services, and the 5th largest bank mortgage originator in the nation. At December 31, 2017, we had 3,525 full-time equivalent employees inclusive of account executives and loan officers. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "FBC." As of December 31, 2017, we are considered a controlled company for NYSE purposes, because approximately 62.1 percent of our common stock is owned by MP Thrift Investments, L.P., which is managed by MatlinPatterson, a global asset manager.

We have a unique, relationship-based business model which leverages our full-service bank’s capabilities with our national mortgage customer base to create and build enduring commercial relationships. Our banking network emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of banking and mortgage products and services. We distinguish ourselves by crafting specialized solutions for our customers, local delivery, high quality customer service and competitive product pricing. Our community bank growth model has focused on attracting seasoned bankers with larger bank lending experience who can attract their existing long-term customer relationships to Flagstar. At December 31, 2017, we operated 99 full service banking branches throughout Michigan's major markets where we offer a full set of banking products to consumer, commercial, and government customers.

We originate mortgages through a wholesale network of correspondents and brokers in all 50 states, as well as through our own loan officers from 89 retail locations in 29 states, representing the combined retail branches of Flagstar Bank, our direct-to-consumer lending team and the Opes Advisors mortgage division. The Bank has the opportunity to expand correspondent relationships by providing warehouse lending, mortgage servicing and other services. Servicing and subservicing of loans provides fee income and generates a stable long-term source of funding through company controlled deposits.

We believe our transformation into a strong commercial bank, our flexible mortgage servicing platform, and focus on service creates a significant competitive advantage in the markets in which we compete. The management team we have assembled is focused on developing substantial and attractive growth opportunities that generate profitable results from operations. We believe our lower risk profile and strong capital level position us to take advantage of opportunities to deliver attractive shareholder returns over the long term.

Operating Segments

Our operations are conducted through our three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations and Mortgage Servicing. Additionally, our Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. For further information, see MD&A - Operating Segments and Note 23 - Segment Information.

Competition

We face substantial competition in attracting deposits and making loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from other savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions in our local market areas. Money market funds and full-service securities brokerage firms also compete with us for these funds and, in recent years, many financial institutions have competed for deposits through the Internet. We compete for deposits by offering competitive interest rates and a broad range of high quality customized banking services at a large number of convenient locations. From a lending perspective, there are many institutions including commercial banks, national mortgage lenders, local savings banks, credit unions, and commercial lenders offering mortgage loans, consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse loans. With respect to those products that we offer, we compete by offering competitive interest rates, fees, and other loan terms through efficient and customized service.

5




Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2017, our corporate structure consisted of the Bank subsidiary and its wholly-owned subsidiaries along with our wholly-owned non-bank subsidiaries through which we conduct other non-material business or which are inactive. The Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries comprised 99.7 percent of our total assets at December 31, 2017. For further information, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards, Note 7 - Variable Interest Entities and Note 24 - Holding Company Only Financial Statements.

Regulation and Supervision

We are subject to regulation under state and federal laws. Regulatory reform and enhanced supervisory requirements have had and could continue to have an impact on how we conduct business. As a result, we continually assess the impact of regulatory changes and implement policies, processes and controls required to comply with new regulations.

As a result of scrutiny and regulation of the banking industry and consumer practices, we may face a greater number or wider scope of examinations, investigations, enforcement actions and litigation, thereby increasing our costs associated with responding to or defending such actions, as well as potentially resulting in costs associated with fines, penalties, settlements or judgments. Additional legislative or regulatory developments affecting our businesses, and any required changes resulting from these developments, could reduce our revenue, limit the products or services that we offer or increase the costs thereof, impose additional compliance costs, harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. Some of these laws may provide a private right of action allowing a consumer or class of consumers to seek to enforce these laws and regulations.

Both the OCC and the FDIC may take regulatory enforcement actions against any of their regulated institutions that do not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any banking institution, or any "institution-affiliated party," such as a director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The OCC has authority under various circumstances to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured institution that it regulates, to issue cease and desist orders, to obtain injunctions restraining or prohibiting unsafe or unsound practices, to revalue assets and to require the establishment of reserves. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of, or condition imposed by, the FDIC. In addition, the Federal Reserve and the CFPB may have the authority to take regulatory enforcement actions against us or the Bank.

Compliance obligations have exposed us, and will continue to expose us, to additional compliance risks and could divert management’s focus from our business operations. Furthermore, the combined effect of numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies and regulators, and the potential conflicts or inconsistencies among such rules, present challenges and risks to our business and operations. Changes in applicable laws or regulations, and in their interpretation and application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted and may have a material effect on our business and results.

Consent Orders and Supervisory Agreements

Supervisory Agreement. On January 28, 2010, we became subject to a supervisory agreement with the Federal Reserve ("the Supervisory Agreement"), which will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement actions against us. We have taken actions which we believe are appropriate to comply with, and intend to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement, please refer to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our 2016 Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Consent Order with CFPB. On September 29, 2014, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB ("the Consent Order") which will remain in effect for five years unless extended by the CFPB. The Consent Order relates to alleged violations of federal consumer financial laws arising from the Bank’s residential first mortgage loan loss mitigation practices and default servicing operations dating back to 2011. Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank paid $28 million for borrower remediation and $10 million in civil money penalties. The settlement did not include an admission of wrongdoing on the part of the Bank or its employees, directors, officers, or agents. For further information and a complete description of all of

6



the terms of the Consent Order, please refer to the copy of the Consent Order filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company is a savings and loan holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve and the SEC.

Acquisition, Activities and Change in Control. We are a unitary savings and loan holding company, as defined by federal banking law, as is our controlling stockholder, MP Thrift. We may only conduct, or acquire control of companies engaged in, activities permissible for a savings and loan holding company pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Home Owners' Loan Act and relevant regulations. Without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve, neither we, nor MP Thrift may: (i) acquire control of another savings association or holding company thereof, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets thereof; or (ii) acquire or retain, with certain exceptions, more than 5 percent of the voting shares of a non-subsidiary savings association or a non-subsidiary savings and loan holding company. We are prohibited from acquiring control of a depository institution that is not federally insured or retaining control of a savings association subsidiary for more than one year after the date that such subsidiary becomes uninsured. Similarly, we may not be acquired by a bank holding company, a savings and loan holding company, or any company, unless the Federal Reserve approves such transaction. In addition, the GLBA generally restricts a company from acquiring us if that company is engaged directly or indirectly in activities that are not permissible for a savings and loan holding company or financial holding company.

Limitation on Capital Distributions. Under the Supervisory Agreement, we may not declare or pay any cash dividends or other capital distributions or purchase, repurchase, or redeem, or commit to purchase, repurchase, or redeem any equity stock without the prior written non-objection of the Federal Reserve. The Company does not currently pay dividends, or repurchase or redeem its equity.

Volcker Rule. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and/or sponsoring certain "covered funds," including hedge funds and private equity funds. The statutory provision is commonly referred to as the "Volcker Rule." Pursuant to the requirements of the Volcker Rule, we have established a standard compliance program based on the size and complexity of our operations.
 
Basel III Capital Requirements. The Bank and Flagstar are currently subject to the regulatory capital framework and guidelines reached by Basel III as adopted by the OCC and Federal Reserve. The OCC and Federal Reserve have risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit, and recourse arrangements.

The Bank and Flagstar have been subject to the capital requirements of the Basel III rules since January 1, 2015. On October 27, 2017, the agencies published a proposed rule to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules, which includes proposed simplifications to the capital treatment for items covered by this final rule. The agencies expect that the capital treatment and transition provisions for items covered by Basel III rules will change once the simplification proposal is finalized and effective. On November 21, 2017, in preparation for forthcoming rules that would simplify regulatory capital requirements to reduce regulatory burden, federal banking regulators approved the extension of the existing transitional capital treatment for certain regulatory capital deductions and risk weights. For additional information, see Note 20 - Regulatory Capital.

Stress Testing Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act issued by U.S. federal banking agencies, including the OCC and the Federal Reserve, require banking organizations, including savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion to conduct annual company-run stress tests, report the results to their primary federal regulator and the Federal Reserve and publish a summary of the results. Each Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test ("DFAST") must be conducted using certain scenarios (baseline, adverse and severely adverse), which the OCC and Federal Reserve will publish each year. Banking organizations are required to use the scenarios to calculate, for each quarter-end within a nine-quarter planning horizon, the impact of such scenarios on revenues, losses, loan loss reserves and regulatory capital levels and ratios, taking into account all relevant exposures and activities. The rules also require each banking organization to establish and maintain a system of controls, oversight and documentation, including policies and procedures, designed to ensure that the DFAST procedures used by the banking organization are effective in meeting the requirements of the rules.

7




Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the Federal Reserve’s "source of strength" doctrine and extended it to savings and loan holding companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the prudential regulatory agencies are required to promulgate joint rules requiring bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies to serve as a source of financial strength for any depository institution subsidiary by maintaining the ability to provide financial assistance to such insured depository institution in the event that it suffers financial distress.

Durbin Amendment. The Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act altered the competitive structure of the debit card payment processing industry and limited debit card interchange fees for banks with over $10 billion in assets. The final rule establishes standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers are reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction will be the sum of 21 cents per transaction plus 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. The impact of this amendment was a reduction in fee revenue of approximately $4 million the year ended December 31, 2017.

Collins Amendment. The Collins Amendment to Dodd-Frank established minimum Tier 1 leverage and risk-based capital requirements for insured depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies that are supervised by the Federal Reserve. The minimum Tier 1 leverage and risk-based capital requirements are determined by the minimum ratios established by the federal banking agencies that apply to insured depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations. The amendment states that certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, may be included in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies that had total assets below $15 billion as of December 31, 2009. As we were below $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, the trust preferred securities classified as long term debt on our balance sheet will be included as Tier 1 capital while they are outstanding, unless we complete an acquisition of a depository institution holding company. At our present size, with total assets of $16.9 billion at December 31, 2017, an acquisition with a depository holding company would cause our trust preferred securities totaling $247 million at December 31, 2017 to no longer be included in Tier 1 capital.

Banking Regulation

We must comply with a wide variety of banking, consumer protection and securities laws, regulations and supervisory expectations and are regulated by multiple regulators, including the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

FDIC Insurance and Assessment. The FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government through the DIF. The FDIC maintains the DIF by assessing each financial institution an insurance premium. The FDIC defined deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution is equal to the average consolidated total assets during the assessment period, minus average tangible equity. All FDIC-insured financial institutions must pay an annual assessment based on asset size to provide funds for the payment of interest on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation ("FICO bonds"), a federal corporation chartered under the authority of the Federal Housing Finance Board.

Affiliate Transaction Restrictions. The Bank is subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve as well as additional limitations imposed by the OCC. These provisions prohibit or limit the Bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the banking institution and certain of its affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed further restrictions on transactions with certain affiliates and extension of credit to executive officers, directors and principal stockholders.

Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OCC regulates all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. As a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, the Bank must file a notice and receive approval from the OCC at least 30 days prior to each proposed capital distribution before declaring any dividends. Additionally, the Bank may not pay dividends to the Bancorp if, after paying those dividends, the Bank would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements. Payment of dividends by the Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the OCC if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

8




Loans to One Borrower. Under the Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA"), savings associations are generally subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital plus any portion of the allowance for loan losses not included in Tier 2 capital, which was $251 million as of December 31, 2017. For further information, see MD&A - Risk Management.

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

The Bank is subject to a number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations. These include, among others, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, electronic funds transfer laws, redlining laws, predatory lending laws, laws prohibiting unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with the offer, or sale of consumer financial products or services, and the GLBA regarding customer privacy and data security.

The Bank is subject to supervision by the CFPB, which has responsibility for enforcing federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad and unique rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers, including prohibitions against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service including regulations related to the origination and servicing of residential mortgages. The CFPB has finalized significant rules and guidance that impact nearly every aspect of the life cycle of a residential mortgage and continues to revise these rules and propose new rules. The Bank is subject to the CFPB’s supervisory, examination and enforcement authority with respect to consumer protection laws and regulations. As a result, we could incur increased costs, potential litigation or be materially limited or restricted in our business, product offerings or services in the future.

As a result of bank regulator’s focus on consumer compliance, portions of our lending operations which most directly deal with consumers, including mortgage and consumer lending, may pose particular challenges. While we are not aware of any material compliance issues related to our mortgage and consumer lending practices, the focus of regulators may increase our compliance risks. Despite the supervision and oversight we exercise in these areas, failure to comply with these regulations could result in the Bank being liable for damages to individual borrowers or other imposed penalties.

Additionally, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit financial institutions from engaging in discriminatory lending practices. The Department of Justice, CFPB, and other agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in class action litigation. A successful challenge to the Bank's performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact the Bank's rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions or penalties or limit certain revenue channels.

Incentive Compensation

The U.S. bank regulatory agencies issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of U.S. banks do not undermine safety and soundness by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of U.S. banks that are not "large, complex banking organizations." These reviews are tailored to each bank based on the scope and complexity of the bank’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements.

Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering

The Bank is subject to the BSA and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act. The BSA requires all financial institutions to, among other things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The BSA includes various record keeping and reporting requirements such as cash transaction and suspicious activity reporting as well as due diligence requirements. The Bank is also required to comply with U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, individuals, entities and others.

9




Additional Information

Our executive offices are located at 5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan 48098, and our telephone number is (248) 312-2000. Our stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol "FBC."

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act available free of charge on our website at www.flagstar.com, under "Investor Relations," as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the SEC. These reports are also available without charge on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors identified elsewhere in this Report, we believe the most significant risk factors affecting our business include those set forth below. The below description of risk factors is not exhaustive, and readers should not consider the description of such risk factors to be a complete set of all potential risks that could affect us.

Market, Interest Rate, Credit and Liquidity Risk

Economic and general market conditions may adversely affect our business.

Our business and results of operations are affected by economic and market conditions, political uncertainty and social conditions, factors impacting the level and volatility of short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, home prices, unemployment and under-employment levels, bankruptcies, household income, consumer spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets and currencies, liquidity of the financial markets, the availability and cost of capital and credit, investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets, and the sustainability of economic growth. Deterioration of any of these conditions could adversely affect our business segments, the level of credit risk we have assumed, our capital levels and liquidity, and our results of operations.

Domestic and international fiscal and monetary policy also affects our business. Central bank actions can affect the value of financial instruments and other assets, such as investment securities and MSRs, and their policies can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in fiscal and monetary policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict but could have an adverse impact on our capital requirements and the costs of running our business.

Deterioration in the mortgage market may also reduce the number of new mortgages that we originate, increase the costs of servicing mortgages without a corresponding increase in servicing fees or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans originated by us. Any such event could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our mortgage origination business is subject to the cyclical and seasonal trends of the real estate market. Cyclicality in our industry could lead to periods of strong growth in the mortgage and real estate markets followed by periods of sharp declines and losses in such markets. Seasonal trends have historically reflected the general patterns of residential and commercial real estate sales, which typically peak in the spring and summer seasons. One of the primary influences on our mortgage business is the aggregate demand for mortgage loans in our market areas, which is affected by prevailing interest rates and the economic condition of those areas. If we are unable to respond to the cyclicality of our industry by appropriately adjusting our operations or relying on the strength of our other product offerings during cyclical downturns, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations including our net interest margin, mortgage origination volume and mortgage related assets, and our investment portfolio.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Our financial results depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on interest-earning assets and the interest expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. While we have modeled rising interest rate scenarios and such scenarios result in an increase in our net interest income, our deposits and interest-bearing liabilities may reprice more quickly than modeled, resulting in a decrease in our net interest income. We seek to manage our balance sheet to be interest rate neutral. In response to changes in the interest rate environment, we make adjustments to match the duration of our assets with the duration of our liabilities.

10




In 2017, approximately 49 percent of our revenue was derived from the origination of residential mortgages and changes in interest rates may affect origination volume as the residential real estate mortgage lending business is sensitive to interest rates. Lower interest rates generally increase the volume of mortgage originations while higher interest rates generally cause that volume to decrease. Historically, mortgage origination volume and sales for the Bank and for other financial institutions have risen and fallen in response to these and other factors. An increase in interest rates would change these conditions and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. During 2017, average 10 year U.S. Treasury rates, on which we base our pricing of our 30 year mortgages, were 2.33 percent, 49 basis points higher than average rates experienced throughout 2016. The sustained higher rates experienced throughout 2017 negatively impacted the mortgage market including loan origination volume and refinancing activity.

Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of our mortgage loans and mortgage related securities and, to a lesser extent, our commercial loans. Decreases in interest rates can trigger an increase in unscheduled prepayments of our loans and mortgage-related securities as borrowers refinance to reduce their own borrowing costs. Conversely, increases in interest rates may decrease loan refinance activity.

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our LHFS, LHFI and investment securities. Generally, the value of our investment securities, which are predominantly fixed-rate, fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates and decreases in the fair value have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity or our earnings.

Additionally, the fair value of our MSRs is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and changes in market implied interest rate volatility. Decreases in interest rates can trigger an increase in actual repayments and market expectation for higher levels of repayments in the future which have a negative impact on MSR fair value. We utilize derivatives and other fair value assets to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs. Our risk management strategies, which rely on assumptions or projections, may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates, interest rate volatility or prepayment speeds, and as a result, the change in the fair value of MSRs may negatively impact earnings.

We may be unable to effectively manage our MSR concentration risk which could impact our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (CET1) under Basel III.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $291 million in MSRs and a MSR to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of 24 percent. We produced, on average, approximately $73 million new MSRs per quarter in 2017. We manage our MSR concentration through sales of these assets and in 2017, we sold $361 million in MSRs. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had pending MSR sales of $98 million which closed during the first quarter of 2018. While our established plan to manage our MSR concentration incorporates our production volumes and required sales, no assurance can be given that we will be able to do so, or that we will be successful in selling these assets at their current fair value.

We are subject to rules relating to capital standards requirements, including requirements contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act as well as certain standards initially adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, which standards are commonly referred to as Basel III. Basel III established a qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including limitations on the amount of DTAs and MSRs that may be held without triggering higher capital requirements. Basel III limits the amount of MSRs and DTAs to 10 percent of CET1, individually, and 15 percent of CET1, in the aggregate.

On October 27, 2017, the agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPR”) which would simplify certain aspects of the Basel III capital rules. The agencies expect that the capital treatment and transition provisions for items covered by this final rule will change once the simplification proposal is finalized and effective. Specifically, the proposal would increase the limit on MSRs to 25 percent of CET1 and eliminate the aggregate 15 percent CET1 deduction threshold for MSRs and temporary difference DTAs. In response to comments received from bankers and trade associations, the regulators may change these proposed rules prior to issuing them in their final form.

     In preparation for the NPR, the Basel III implementation phase-in has been halted for the treatment of MSRs and certain DTAs. The agencies issued a final rule that will maintain the capital rules’ 2017 transition provisions for several regulatory capital deductions and certain other requirements that are subject to multi-year phase-in schedules in the regulatory capital rules. Specifically, the final rule will maintain the capital rules’ 2017 transition provisions at 80 percent for the regulatory capital treatment of the following items: (i) MSRs, (ii) DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, (iii) investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, and (iv) minority interests. As of December 31, 2017, we had $291 million on MSRs, $57 million in DTAs arising from temporary differences and no investments in unconsolidated financial institutions or minority interest. This final rule will maintain the

11



2017 transition provisions for certain items for non-advanced approach banks. For further information, see Note 20 - Regulatory Capital.

As of December 31, 2017, our ALLL was $140 million, covering 1.8 percent of total loans held-for-investment. Our estimate of the inherent losses is imperfect and based on management judgment.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses, which reflects our estimate of such losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2017, may not be adequate to cover actual credit losses. If this allowance is insufficient, future provisions for credit losses could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We attempt to limit the risk that borrowers will fail to repay loans by carefully underwriting our loans, but losses nevertheless occur in the ordinary course of business operations. Our ALLL is based on historical experience as well as our evaluation of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2017. The determination of an appropriate level of loan loss allowance is a subjective process that requires significant management judgment, including estimates of loss and the loss emergence period, estimates and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio including but not limited to the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of real estate or other collateral backing the repayment of loans. New information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans, failure of borrowers and guarantors to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans, and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the ALLL. Moreover, our regulators, as part of their supervisory function, periodically review our ALLL. Our regulators, who may have access to broader industry data than we do, may recommend or require us to increase the amount of our ALLL, based on their judgment, which may be different from that of our management. Any increase in our loan losses would have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.

Concentration of loans held-for-investment in certain geographic locations and portfolios may increase risk.

Our residential mortgage loan portfolio is geographically concentrated in certain states, including California, Michigan, and Florida, which comprise approximately 58 percent in the aggregate of the portfolio. In addition, our commercial loan portfolio has a concentration of Michigan lending relationships. Approximately 48 percent of our CRE loans are collateralized by properties in Michigan and 29 percent of our C&I borrowers are located in Michigan. These concentrations have made, and will continue to make, our loan portfolio particularly susceptible to downturns in the local economies and the real estate and mortgage markets in these areas. Adverse conditions that are beyond our control may affect these areas, including unemployment, inflation, recession, natural disasters, declining property values, municipal bankruptcies and other factors which could increase default rates in our loan portfolio, reduce our ability to generate new loans and negatively affect our financial results.

In 2017, we continued to grow our commercial portfolio to $4.3 billion at December 31, 2017. CRE and C&I loans grew to $3.1 billion and comprised 41 percent of our total LHFI portfolio at December 31, 2017. As a part of that growth, our home builder finance program reached $601 million at December 31, 2017. The home builder lending portfolio contains secured and unsecured loans and our lending platform originates loans throughout the U.S. with main offices in Houston and Denver.

Commercial loans, including home builder loans, generally expose us to a greater risk of nonpayment and loss than residential real estate loans due to the more complex nature of underwriting. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2017, our largest CRE and C&I borrowers had loans of $81 million UPB and $68 million UPB, respectively and our average commercial loan balance was $1.4 million. Secured loans, including residential and commercial real estate, may experience changes in the underlying collateral value due to adverse market conditions which could result in increased charge-offs in the event of a loan default.

At December 31, 2017, our committed amount of adjustable-rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders was $2.8 billion, of which $1.1 billion was outstanding. There may be risks associated with the mortgage lenders that borrow from the Bank, including credit risk, inadequate underwriting, and potential external fraud. A default from one of our borrowers could result in a large loss. Additionally, adverse changes to industry competition, mortgage demand and the interest rate environment may have a negative impact on warehouse lending. Fluctuations in outstanding warehouse lines of credit, which are contingent on residential mortgage production, can impact the Bank’s liquidity and earnings. Failure to mitigate these risks could negatively impact our financial results.

12



 
Liquidity risk may affect our ability to meet obligations and impact our ability to grow our business.

We require substantial liquidity to repay our customers' deposits, fulfill loan demands, meet debt obligations as they come due, and fund our operations under both normal operating environments and unforeseen circumstances causing liquidity stress. Our access to liquidity could be impaired by our inability to access the capital markets or unforeseen outflows of deposits. Our access to external sources of financing, including deposits, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent on various factors. A number of factors could make funding more difficult, more expensive or unavailable on any terms. These factors include, declining financial results and losses, material changes to operating margins, financial leverage on an absolute basis or relative to peers, changes within the organization, specific events that impact our financial condition or reputation, disruptions in the capital markets, specific events that adversely impact the financial services industry, counterparty availability, the corporate and regulatory structure, balance sheet and capital structure, geographic and business diversification, interest rate fluctuations, market share and competitive position, general economic conditions and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax environments governing funding transactions. Many of these factors are beyond our control. A material deterioration in any one or a combination of these factors could result in a downgrade of our credit or servicer standing with counterparties or a decline in our reputation within the marketplace, and could result in higher cash outflows requiring additional access to liquidity, having a limited ability to borrow funds, maintain or increase deposits (including custodial deposits for our agency servicing portfolio) or to raise capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our ability to meet loan demand, accommodate outflows in deposits, take advantage of market opportunity, and execute on our plans to grow the balance sheet depends largely on our ability to secure funds on acceptable terms. Our primary sources of funds to meet our financing needs include deposits, including custodial accounts from our servicing portfolio, loan sales, public funds, and capital-raising activities. Our company controlled deposits are considered stable sources of funding. If we are unable to maintain and grow certain of these financing arrangements, are restricted from accessing certain funding sources by our regulators, are unable to arrange for new financing on terms, or if we default on any of the covenants imposed upon us by our borrowing facilities, then we may have to limit our growth, reduce the number of loans we are able to originate or take actions that could have other negative effects on our operations. A prolonged significant reduction in loan originations that occurs as a result could adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.
    
We are a holding company and are, therefore, dependent on the Bank for funding of obligations.

As a holding company with no significant assets other than the capital stock of the Bank and the cash on hand, our ability to make payments for certain services we purchase from the Bank and to service our debt, including interest payments on our senior notes and trust preferred securities depends upon available cash on hand and the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The holding company had cash and cash equivalents of $196 million at December 31, 2017or approximately 3.8 years of expense, which includes compensation and benefits, legal and professional expense and general and administrative expenses. These expenses for the holding company totaled $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The declaration and payment of dividends by the Bank on all classes of its capital stock is subject to the discretion of the Bank's board of directors and to applicable regulatory and legal limitations. If the Bank does not make dividend payments to us, we may not be able to service our debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory Risk

The Holding Company remains subject to the restrictions and conditions of the Supervisory Agreement with the Federal Reserve. Failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in further enforcement action against us and limit our ability to execute on business plans.

The Supervisory Agreement requires that we take certain actions to address issues as specified in the agreement. The Supervisory Agreement is enforced by the Federal Reserve with respect to savings and loan holding companies. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to submit a capital plan; receive written non-objection before declaring or paying any dividend or other capital distribution from the Holding Company, incurring or renewing any debt at the Holding Company and engaging in affiliate transactions (with limited exceptions); comply with applicable regulatory requirements before making certain severance and indemnification payments; and provide notice prior to changes in directors and certain executive officers or entering into, renewing, extending or revising compensation or benefits agreements of such directors or executive officers, with such changes being subject to Federal Reserve approval. While we believe that we have taken all action necessary to comply with the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement, failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement in the time frames provided, or at all, could result in additional enforcement orders or penalties, which could include further restrictions on us, assessment of civil money penalties on us, as well as our directors, officers and other affiliated parties and removal of one or

13



more officers and/or directors. Any failure by us to comply with the terms of the Supervisory Agreement or additional actions by the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, our competitors, particularly non-banks, may not be subject to similar actions, which could impact our ability to compete effectively. For further information, see Item 1. Business - Regulation and Supervision.

We are highly dependent on the Agencies to sell mortgage loans and any changes in these entities or their current roles could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold approximately 57 percent of our mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain in conservatorship and a path forward to emerge from conservatorship is unclear. These roles could be reduced, modified or eliminated and the nature of their guarantees could be limited or eliminated relative to historical measurements.

The elimination or modification of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of these agencies, any significant adverse change in the level of activity of these agencies in the primary or secondary mortgage markets could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the servicing, origination, or underwriting guidelines or criteria required by the Agencies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to follow specific guidelines or criteria that impact the way that we originate, underwrite, or service. Agency loans, including guidelines with respect to credit standards for mortgage loans, our staffing levels and other servicing practices, the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge, our modification standards and procedures and the amount of non-reimbursable advances.

We cannot negotiate these terms with the Agencies and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in these guidelines which decreases the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The fees that we are required to pay to the Agencies for these guarantees have changed significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon having FDIC insurance to raise deposit funding at reasonable rates. Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will adversely affect our earnings.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to substantially revise its regulations for determining the amount of an institution's deposit insurance premiums. The FDIC has defined the deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution as average consolidated total assets during the assessment period, minus average tangible equity. Our assessment rate is determined by use of a scorecard that combines our CAMELS ratings with certain other financial information. The FDIC may determine that we present a higher risk to the DIF than other banks due to various factors. These factors include significant risks relating to interest rates, loan portfolio and geographic concentration, concentration of high credit risk loans, increased loan losses, regulatory compliance (including under existing Supervisory Agreement), existing and future litigation and other factors. As a result, we could be subject to higher deposit insurance premiums and special assessments in the future that could adversely affect our earnings. The Bank’s deposit insurance premiums and special assessments in the future also may be higher than competing banks may be required to pay. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our FDIC insurance expense premiums totaled $16 million, $11 million and $23 million, respectively.

14




Operational Risk

We may experience risks associated with the successful integration of mergers and acquisitions.

Related to the pending acquisition of eight Desert Community Bank branches, we may experience challenges related to the integration of their operations which may result in additional cost. This includes the transition of data, integration of product offerings and the standardization of business practices. Complications associated with this process could result in delays or an inability to close the transaction, additional cost, loss of customers, damage to our reputation or other operational risks.

A failure of our information technology systems, or those of our key third party vendors or service providers, could cause operational losses and damage our reputation.

Our businesses are increasingly dependent on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of complex transactions and data. If our internal information technology systems fail, we may be unable to conduct business for a period of time, which may impact our financial results if that interruption is sustained. In addition, our reputation with our customers or business partners may suffer, which could have a further, long-term impact on our financial results.

Because we conduct part of our business over the Internet and outsource a significant number of our critical functions to third parties, our operations depend on our third-party service providers to maintain and operate their own technology systems. To the extent these third parties’ systems fail, we may be unable to conduct business or provide certain services, and we may face financial and reputational losses as a result.

We collect, store and transfer our customers’ personally identifiable information. Any cybersecurity attack or other compromise to the security of that information could adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Cybersecurity related attacks are attempted on an ongoing basis which pose a risk of data breaches relative to the processing of consumer transactions that contain customers’ personally identifiable information. As a part of conducting business, we receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other user data either on our network or in the cloud.

Cybersecurity risks for banking institutions have increased significantly in recent years due to new technologies, the reliance on technology to conduct financial transactions and the increased sophistication of organized crime and hackers. A cybersecurity attack or information security breach could adversely impact our ability to conduct business due to the potential costs for remediation, protection and litigation and reputational damage with customers, business partners and investors.
There are myriad federal, state, local and international laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and user data. We have policies and processes in place that are intended to meet the requirements of those laws, including security systems to prevent unauthorized access to that information. Nevertheless, those processes and systems may be inadequate. Also, to the extent we rely upon third parties to handle personally identifiable data on our behalf, we may be responsible if such data is compromised or subject to a cybersecurity attack while in the custody and control of those third parties.
Privacy laws are continually evolving and many state and local jurisdictions have laws that differ from federal law or privacy policies, further some of those policies or laws may conflict. If we fail to comply with applicable privacy policies or federal, state, local or international laws and regulations or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release of personally identifiable information or other user data, those events could damage the reputation of our business, and discourage potential users from utilizing our products and services. In addition, we may have to bear the cost of mitigating identity theft concerns, and may be subject to fines or legal proceedings by governmental agencies or consumers. Any of these events could adversely affect our business and financial condition.


15



We may be terminated as a servicer or subservicer or incur costs, liabilities, fines and other sanctions if we fail to satisfy our servicing obligations, including our obligations with respect to mortgage loan foreclosure actions.

We act as servicer or subservicer for mortgage loans owned by third parties, which is approximately 9 percent of our revenue and results in approximately $1.5 billion of our average company controlled deposits. In such capacities for those loans, we have certain contractual obligations, including foreclosing on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent applicable, considering alternatives to foreclosure. If we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period of time following notice, causing us to lose servicing income.

For certain investors and/or certain transactions, we may be contractually obligated to repurchase a mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for credit or other losses incurred on the loan as a remedy for servicing errors with respect to the loan. If we have increased repurchase obligations because of claims for which we did not satisfy our obligations, or increased loss severity on such repurchases, we may have a significant reduction to noninterest income or an increase to noninterest expense. We may incur significant costs if we are required to, or if we elect to, re-execute or re-file documents or take other action in our capacity as a servicer in connection with pending or completed foreclosures. We may incur litigation costs if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower. If a court were to overturn a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the foreclosure process, we may have liability to the borrower and/or to any title insurer of the property sold in foreclosure if the required process was not followed. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise reimbursable to us.

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, pay fees or indemnify buyers against losses in some circumstances, which could harm liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

When mortgage loans are sold by us, we make customary representations and warranties to purchasers, guarantors and insurers, including the Agencies, about the mortgage loans, and the manner in which they were originated. We have made, and will continue to make, such representations and warranties in connection with the sale of loans. Whole loan sale agreements require us to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans, or indemnify buyers against losses, in the event we breach these representations or warranties. In addition, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of early payment default of the borrower or we may be required to pay fees. We also are subject to litigation relating to these representations and warranties and the costs of such litigation may be significant. With respect to loans that are originated through our broker or correspondent channels, the remedies we have available against the originating broker or correspondent, if any, may not be as broad as the remedies available to purchasers, guarantors and insurers of mortgage loans against us. We also face further risk that the originating broker or correspondent, if any, may not have the financial capacity to perform remedies that otherwise may be available. Therefore, if a purchaser, guarantor or insurer enforces its remedies against us, we may not be able to recover losses from the originating broker or correspondent. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase and such demands are valid claims, the liquidity, results of operations and financial condition may also be adversely affected.

Our representation and warranty reserve, which is based on an estimate of probable future losses, was $15 million at December 31, 2017. This may not be adequate to cover losses for loans that we have sold or securitized into the secondary market which we may be subsequently required to repurchase, pay fines or fees, or indemnify purchasers and insurers because of violations of customary representations and warranties. The repurchase demand pipeline was $3 million UPB at December 31, 2017.

Our regulators, as part of their supervisory function, periodically review our representation and warranty reserve for losses. Our regulators may recommend or require us to increase our reserve, based on their judgment, which may differ from that of our management. Any increase in our loan losses could have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.

We utilize third party mortgage originators which subjects us to strategic, reputation, compliance and operational risk.

In 2017, approximately 90 percent of our residential first mortgage volume depended upon the use of third party mortgage originators, i.e. mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders, who are not our employees. These third parties originate mortgages and provide services to many different banks and other entities. Accordingly, they may have relationships with or loyalties to such banks and other parties that are different from those they have with or to us. Failure to maintain good relations with such third party mortgage originators could have a negative impact on our market share which would negatively impact our results of operations.

16




We rely on third party mortgage originators to originate and document the mortgage loans we purchase or originate. While we perform due diligence on the mortgage companies with whom we do business and review the loan files and loan documents we purchase to attempt to detect any irregularities or legal noncompliance, we have less control over these originators than employees of the Bank.

Due to regulatory scrutiny, our third party mortgage originators could choose or be required to either reduce the scope of their business or exit the mortgage origination business altogether. The TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure Rule issued by the CFPB establishes comprehensive mortgage disclosure requirements for lenders and settlement agents in connection with most closed-end consumer credit transactions secured by real property. The rule requires certain disclosures to be provided to consumers in connection with applying for and closing on a mortgage loan. The rule also mandates the use of specific disclosure forms, timing of communicating information to borrowers and certain record keeping requirements. The ongoing administrative burden and the system requirements associated with complying with these rules or potential changes to these rules could impact our mortgage volume and an increase in costs. In addition, these arrangements with third party mortgage originators and the fees payable by us to such third parties could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and restrictions in the future.

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, prohibit discriminatory lending practices by lenders, including financial institutions. These regulations apply to lending operations which deal directly with consumer lending. Mortgage and consumer lending practices raise compliance risks resulting from the detailed and complex nature of mortgage and consumer lending laws regulations imposed by federal regulatory agencies, and the relatively independent and diverse operating channels in which loans are originated. As we originate loans through various channels, we, and our third party mortgage originators, are especially impacted by these laws and regulations and are required to implement appropriate policies and procedures to help ensure compliance with fair lending laws and regulations and to avoid lending practices that result in the disparate treatment of or disparate impact to borrowers across our various locations under multiple channels. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, by us or our third party mortgage originators, could result in the Bank being liable for damages to individual borrowers or other imposed penalties.

General Risk Factors

MP Thrift, an entity managed and controlled by MatlinPatterson, owns 62.1 percent of our common stock and has significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, whether or not such decisions are in the best interests of other stockholders.

MP Thrift owns a substantial majority of our outstanding common stock and as a result, has control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and also the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of our board of directors or the stockholders regardless of whether or not other members of our board of directors or stockholders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. So long as MP Thrift continues to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, it will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors and other matters being voted on, and continue to exert significant influence over us. Furthermore, MP Thrift may have interests that could diverge from the interests of other stockholders, and may use its control to make decisions that adversely affect the interest of other common stockholders and other holders of our debt or other equity instruments.

We are subject to various legal or regulatory investigations and proceedings.

At any given time, we are involved with a number of legal and regulatory investigations and proceedings as a part of the routine reviews conducted by regulators and other parties which may involve consumer protection, employment, tort, and numerous other laws and regulations. Proceedings or actions brought against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, business improvement orders, consent orders, supervisory agreements, restrictions on our business activities or other results adverse to us, which could materially and negatively affect our business. If such claims and other matters are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Some of the laws and regulations to which we are subject may provide a private right of action that a consumer or class of consumers may pursue to enforce these laws and regulations. We have been, and may be in the future, subject to stockholder derivative actions, which could seek significant damages or other relief. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Claims asserted against us can be highly complicated and slow to develop, making the outcome of such proceedings difficult to predict or estimate early in the process. As a participant in the financial services industry, it is likely that we will be exposed to a high level of litigation and regulatory scrutiny and investigations relating to our business and operations.

17




Although we establish accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, we do not have accruals for all legal proceedings where we face a risk of loss. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal and regulatory proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal and regulatory proceedings in question. As a result, our ultimate losses may be significantly higher than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies. For further information, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

Our assessment of the accounting impact of tax reform is subject to further clarification and guidance yet to be issued.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and as of December 31, 2017, we calculated its accounting impact based on the new legislation as written. Upon completion of our 2017 U.S. income tax return in 2018, we may identify additional remeasurement adjustments to our recorded deferred tax assets as further clarification and guidance is issued. We will continue to assess our provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets with new guidance but do not currently anticipate that significant revisions or adjustments will be necessary. Any required revisions will be made within the measurement period, defined by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 as within one year of the enactment date.

Loss of certain personnel, including key members of the Corporation's management team, could adversely affect the Corporation.

We are and will continue to be dependent upon our management team and other key personnel. Losing the services of one or more key members of our management team or other key personnel could adversely affect our operations.

In addition, we are subject to regulations that allow us to make severance payments only in limited circumstances. Our named executive officers may be entitled to certain severance and change in control benefits. Although we follow certain leading practices with respect to executive compensation including eliminating supplemental executive retirement plans (SERPs) or other nonqualified plans for executives and avoiding severance payments for "cause" terminations or voluntary resignations, we may be subject to certain legal or regulatory risks associated with previous employment agreements or retirement plans which could impact our liabilities related to these matters and results of operations.

Other Risk Factors

The above description of risk factors is not exhaustive. Other risk factors are described elsewhere herein as well as in other reports and documents that we file with or furnish to the SEC. Other factors that could also cause results to differ from our expectations may not be described herein or in any such report or document. Each of these factors could by itself, or together with one or more other factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Flagstar's headquarters is located in Troy, Michigan at 5151 Corporate Drive. We operate a regional office in Jackson, Michigan. We own both the headquarters and regional office buildings. At December 31, 2017, we operated 99 branches in Michigan, of which 75 were owned and 24 were leased. Our Michigan branches consist of 88 free-standing office buildings, one in-store banking center and 10 branches in buildings in which there are other tenants. We also have 89 retail mortgage locations that are primarily leased, as well as 4 wholesale lending offices and 5 commercial lending offices, located in 29 states.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Company is party to legal proceedings incident to its business. For further information, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
    
Not applicable.

18



PART II 
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the trading symbol FBC. At December 31, 2017, there were 57,321,228 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 20,627 stockholders of record. The following table shows the high and low sale prices for our common stock during each calendar quarter during 2017 and 2016.
Quarter Ending
Highest Sale Price
 
Lowest Sale Price
December 31, 2017
$
38.48

 
$
34.82

September 30, 2017
35.48

 
29.89

June 30, 2017
31.36

 
27.59

March 31, 2017
29.10

 
25.42

December 31, 2016
$
29.08

 
$
26.35

September 30, 2016
28.09

 
24.40

June 30, 2016
24.47

 
20.68

March 31, 2016
23.13

 
17.49


Dividends

We have not paid dividends on our common stock since the fourth quarter 2007. The amount and nature of any dividends declared on our common stock in the future will be determined by our board of directors. We are generally prohibited from making any dividend payments on stock except pursuant to the prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve as set forth in the Supervisory Agreement. For additional information regarding dividends, see MD&A - Liquidity Risk and MD&A - Capital.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

We made no unregistered sales of our equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We made no purchases of equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

For information with respect to securities to be issued under our equity compensation plans, see Part III, Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.


19



Performance Graph

CUMULATIVE TOTAL STOCKHOLDER RETURN
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDICES
DECEMBER 31, 2012 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017
chart-27b3631b49a25384adf.jpg
 
Flagstar Bancorp
 
Nasdaq Financial
 
Nasdaq Bank
 
S&P Small Cap 600
 
Russell 2000
December 31, 2012
100
 
100
 
100
 
100
 
100
December 31, 2013
101
 
138
 
139
 
140
 
137
December 31, 2014
81
 
142
 
143
 
146
 
142
December 31, 2015
119
 
146
 
152
 
141
 
134
December 31, 2016
139
 
180
 
206
 
176
 
160
December 31, 2017
193
 
203
 
213
 
196
 
181

20




ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In millions, except share data and percentages)
Summary of Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
390

 
$
323

 
$
287

 
$
247

 
$
186

Provision (benefit) for loan losses
6

 
(8
)
 
(19
)
 
132

 
70

Noninterest income
470

 
487

 
470

 
372

 
653

Noninterest expense
643

 
560

 
536

 
590

 
918

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
148

 
87

 
82

 
(34
)
 
(416
)
Net income (loss)
63

 
171

 
158

 
(69
)
 
267

Preferred stock dividends/accretion

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(6
)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

 
$
(70
)
 
$
261

Income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.11

 
$
2.71

 
$
2.27

 
$
(1.72
)
 
$
4.40

Diluted
$
1.09

 
$
2.66

 
$
2.24

 
$
(1.72
)
 
$
4.37

Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
57,093,868

 
56,569,307

 
56,426,977

 
56,246,528

 
56,063,282

Diluted
58,178,343

 
57,597,667

 
57,164,523

 
56,246,528

 
56,518,181


 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In millions, except per share data and percentages)
Summary of Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
16,912

 
$
14,053

 
$
13,715

 
$
9,840

 
$
9,407

Loans receivable, net
12,165

 
9,465

 
9,226

 
6,523

 
6,637

Total deposits
8,934

 
8,800

 
7,935

 
7,069

 
6,140

Total short-term and long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
5,665

 
2,980

 
3,541

 
514

 
988

Long-term debt
494

 
493

 
247

 
331

 
353

Stockholders' equity (1)
1,399

 
1,336

 
1,529

 
1,373

 
1,426

Book value per common share
24.40

 
23.50

 
22.33

 
19.64

 
20.66

Tangible book value per share
24.04

 
23.50

 
22.33

 
19.64

 
20.66

Number of common shares outstanding
57,321,228

 
56,824,802

 
56,483,258

 
56,332,307

 
56,138,074

(1)
Includes preferred stock totaling $0 million, $0 million, $267 million, $267 million, and $266 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.



21



 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In millions, except share data and percentages)
Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average interest-earning assets
$
14,130

 
$
12,164

 
$
10,436

 
$
8,440

 
$
10,882

Average interest paying liabilities
11,848

 
9,757

 
8,305

 
6,780

 
9,338

Average stockholders’ equity
1,433

 
1,464

 
1,486

 
1,406

 
1,239

Selected Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate spread
2.56
%
 
2.45
%
 
2.58
%
 
2.80
 %
 
1.50
%
Net interest margin
2.75
%
 
2.64
%
 
2.74
%
 
2.91
 %
 
1.72
%
Return (loss) on average assets
0.40
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.32
%
 
(0.71
)%
 
2.08
%
Return (loss) on average equity
4.41
%
 
11.69
%
 
10.63
%
 
(4.97
)%
 
21.09
%
Return (loss) on average common equity
4.4
%
 
13.0
%
 
10.5
%
 
(6.1
)%
 
26.8
%
Equity-to-assets ratio
8.27
%
 
9.50
%
 
11.14
%
 
13.95
 %
 
15.16
%
Common equity-to-assets ratio
8.27
%
 
9.50
%
 
9.20
%
 
11.24
 %
 
12.33
%
Equity/assets ratio (average for the period)
9.05
%
 
10.52
%
 
12.43
%
 
14.22
 %
 
9.87
%
Efficiency ratio
74.8
%
 
69.2
%
 
70.9
%
 
95.4
 %
 
109.4
%
Bancorp Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) (1)(2)
8.51
%
 
8.88
%
 
11.51
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Bank Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)
9.04
%
 
10.52
%
 
11.79
%
 
12.43
 %
 
13.97
%
Effective tax provision rate (3)
70.1
%
 
33.7
%
 
34.2
%
 
32.9
 %
 
29.7
%
Selected Statistics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (4)
$
32,527

 
$
29,372

 
$
25,511

 
$
24,007

 
$
31,590

Mortgage loans sold and securitized
$
32,493

 
$
32,033

 
$
26,307

 
$
24,407

 
$
39,075

Number of banking centers
99

 
99

 
99

 
107

 
111

Number of FTE employees
3,525

 
2,886

 
2,713

 
2,739

 
3,253

(1)
Applicable to Bancorp for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.
(2)
Basel III transitional.
(3)
The year ended December 31, 2017 includes an $80 million one-time, non-cash charge to the provision for income taxes resulting from the revaluation of the Company's net deferred tax asset (DTA) at a lower statutory rate as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
(4)
Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on previous historical experience and the level of interest rates.

 






22



ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 

23



The following is an analysis of our financial condition and results of operations. This should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes filed with this report in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Overview    

We are a leading savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. We provide a range of commercial, small business, and consumer banking services and we are the 5th largest mortgage originator in the nation. We distinguish ourselves by crafting specialized solutions for our customers, local delivery, high quality customer service and competitive product pricing. For additional details and information on each of our lines of business, see MD&A - Operating Segments and Note 23 - Segment Information.

Executive Overview

The year ended 2017 resulted in net income of $63 million, or $1.09 per diluted share, and adjusted net income of $143 million or $2.47 per diluted share, after adjusting for a non-cash charge of $80 million, or $1.37 per diluted share due to the revaluation of our net deferred tax asset under the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The durability of our earnings was proven in 2017 as the continued growth of our community bank and mortgage servicing businesses, combined with the strength of our mortgage origination business, produced more predictable and consistent results. The transformation of the community bank into a strong commercial bank and our 2017 strategic mortgage acquisitions provide more levers to respond to market opportunities and maximize earnings.

The community bank added $1 billion of commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans to the balance sheet. These higher yielding loans helped drive net interest income up 21 percent or $67 million for the full year 2017 compared to the full year 2016. Total deposits increased 2 percent to $8.9 billion and costs remained well managed in a rising interest rate environment. In addition, the pending acquisition of eight branches of Desert Community Bank, expected to close in the first quarter of 2018, will provide approximately $600 million in low cost deposits to fund loan growth and expand our banking footprint.

Mortgage originations totaled $34 billion, representing a 6 percent increase in closings, despite a softer origination market in 2017. Additionally, fallout adjusted locks increased 11 percent or $3 billion during the year. The two mortgage acquisitions occurring in 2017 strengthened our delegated correspondent and distributed retail channels, providing us more flexibility in responding to challenges in the mortgage market. Our two jumbo mortgage securitizations demonstrate our capability to execute mortgage loan sales through another market mechanism which will continue to allow us to respond more dynamically to market opportunities.

Our mortgage servicing business continued to gain scale and ended the year servicing over 442,000 accounts. During 2017, we had over $33 billion in MSR sales making us one of the largest sellers of MSRs in the country. Of those sales, we retained subservicing on 84 percent solidifying our national position as the 8th largest subservicer. This high retention rate validated the quality of our servicing platform.

Noninterest expense increased 15 percent to $643 million in 2017 as we made investments in future growth. We remain focused on improving efficiency through increasing revenues while maintaining cost discipline across the organization.

We ended the year with $16.9 billion in assets, up $2.9 billion, or 20 percent, from year end 2016. Our credit quality is solid with only $8 million in net charge-offs and sustained low levels of delinquencies in 2017. Our robust capital position remains a hallmark with Tier 1 leverage at 8.5 percent at December 31, 2017, well above the amount needed to be considered "well capitalized". The proposed simplification of the Basel III rules, if enacted as proposed, as well as the decrease in the corporate tax rate will accelerate capital formation to support further balance sheet growth and improve our capital flexibility. We believe we are well-positioned, supported by the capital and liquidity to prudently grow the Bank, to drive increased earnings and deliver greater shareholder value.

24



Earnings Performance

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net interest income
$
390

 
$
323

 
$
287

Provision (benefit) for loan losses
6

 
(8
)
 
(19
)
Total noninterest income
470

 
487

 
470

Total noninterest expense
643

 
560

 
536

Provision for income taxes
148

 
87

 
82

Net income
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

Adjusted net income (1)
$
143

 
$
155

 
$
158

Income per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$1.11
 
$2.71
 
$2.27
Diluted
$1.09
 
$2.66
 
$2.24
Adjusted diluted (1)
$2.47
 
$2.38
 
$2.24
(1)
For further information, see MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
    
Full year 2017 net income was $63 million, or $1.09 per diluted share, as compared to full year 2016 net income of $171 million, or $2.66 per diluted share. The 2017 full year results included a charge of $80 million to the provision for income taxes, or $1.37 per diluted share, due to the revaluation of DTAs at a lower statutory rate resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Excluding this charge, the Company had adjusted 2017 net income of $143 million, or $2.47 per diluted share.

The $12 million decrease in adjusted net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily driven by higher expenses resulting from growth initiatives, including our 2017 acquisitions, as well as expenses related to increased mortgage volume. This was partially offset by a $67 million increase in net interest income due to interest earning asset growth of $2.0 billion led by higher average LHFS due to extending turn times and accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitization and continued commercial lending growth. Our transition to a commercial bank resulted in a 57 percent increase in average commercial loans for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Full year 2016 net income was $171 million, or $2.66 per diluted share, as compared to full year 2015 net income of $158 million, or $2.24 per diluted share. The 2016 full year results included a $24 million benefit related to a decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability. Excluding this benefit, the Company had adjusted 2016 net income of $155 million, or $2.38 per diluted share.

The $3 million decrease in adjusted net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily driven by higher performance driven expenses and a lower benefit for loan losses partially offset by a $36 million increase in net interest income. Net interest income increased as a result of growth in our interest earning assets as we executed on our strategic initiative to deploy capital and replace lower credit quality assets with higher quality residential and commercial loans. As a result of this initiative, we grew average interest earning assets by 17 percent from $10.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2015 to $12.2 billion during the year ended December 31, 2016.

For a reconciliation and discussion of non-GAAP financial measures discussed above, see MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures. Additional details of each key driver have been further explained in Management’s discussion below.

25




Net Interest Income

The following table presents on a consolidated basis interest income from average assets and liabilities, expressed in dollars and yields:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
4,146

$
165

3.99
%
 
$
3,134

$
113

3.62
%
 
$
2,188

$
85

3.90
%
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
2,549

85

3.35
%
 
2,328

74

3.16
%
 
2,562

85

3.33
%
Home Equity
471

24

5.06
%
 
475

24

5.17
%
 
491

27

5.40
%
Other
26

1

4.51
%
 
29

1

4.73
%
 
30

2

5.30
%
Total Consumer loans
3,046

110

3.62
%
 
2,832

99

3.52
%
 
3,083

114

3.68
%
Commercial Real Estate
1,579

68

4.25
%
 
1,004

35

3.46
%
 
678

22

3.21
%
Commercial and Industrial
981

47

4.73
%
 
631

27

4.22
%
 
438

17

3.86
%
Warehouse Lending
890

43

4.73
%
 
1,346

58

4.22
%
 
877

39

4.41
%
Total Commercial loans
3,450

158

4.51
%
 
2,981

120

3.97
%
 
1,993

78

3.88
%
Total loans held-for-investment (1)
6,496

268

4.09
%
 
5,813

219

3.75
%
 
5,076

192

3.76
%
Loans with government guarantees
290

13

4.30
%
 
435

16

3.59
%
 
633

18

2.86
%
Investment securities
3,121

80

2.57
%
 
2,653

68

2.56
%
 
2,305

59

2.55
%
Interest-bearing deposits
77

1

1.15
%
 
129

1

0.50
%
 
234

1

0.50
%
Total interest-earning assets
14,130

$
527

3.71
%
 
12,164

$
417

3.42
%
 
10,436

$
355

3.38
%
Other assets
1,716

 
 
 
1,743

 
 
 
1,520

 
 
Total assets
$
15,846

 
 
 
$
13,907

 
 
 
$
11,956

 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
514

$
1

0.19
%
 
$
489

$
1

0.18
%
 
$
429

$
1

0.14
%
Savings deposits
3,829

29

0.76
%
 
3,751

29

0.78
%
 
3,693

30

0.82
%
Money market deposits
255

1

0.50
%
 
278

1

0.44
%
 
258

1

0.31
%
Certificate of deposits
1,187

14

1.18
%
 
990

10

1.05
%
 
787

6

0.77
%
Total retail deposits
5,785

45

0.78
%
 
5,508

41

0.76
%
 
5,167

38

0.73
%
Government deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
222

1

0.45
%
 
228

1

0.39
%
 
257

1

0.39
%
Savings deposits
406

3

0.68
%
 
442

2

0.52
%
 
405

2

0.52
%
Certificate of deposits
329

3

0.82
%
 
382

2

0.40
%
 
358

1

0.39
%
Total government deposits
957

7

0.67
%
 
1,052

5

0.45
%
 
1,020

4

0.44
%
Wholesale deposits and other
23


1.35
%
 


%
 


%
Total interest-bearing deposits
6,765

52

0.77
%
 
6,560

46

0.71
%
 
6,187

42

0.68
%
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other
3,356

36

1.09
%
 
1,249

5

0.44
%
 
311

1

0.30
%
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
1,234

24

1.92
%
 
1,584

27

1.72
%
 
1,500

18

1.17
%
Other long-term debt
493

25

5.08
%
 
364

16

4.34
%
 
307

7

2.42
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
11,848

137

1.15
%
 
9,757

94

0.97
%
 
8,305

68

0.82
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits (2)
2,142

 
 
 
2,202

 
 
 
1,690

 
 
Other liabilities
423

 
 
 
484

 
 
 
475

 
 
Stockholders’ equity
1,433

 
 
 
1,464

 
 
 
1,486

 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
15,846

 
 
 
$
13,907

 
 
 
$
11,956

 
 
Net interest-earning assets
$
2,282

 
 
 
$
2,407

 
 
 
$
2,131

 
 
Net interest income
 
$
390

 
 
 
$
323

 
 
 
$
287

 
Interest rate spread (3)
 
 
2.56
%
 
 
 
2.45
%
 
 
 
2.58
%
Net interest margin (4)
 
 
2.75
%
 
 
 
2.64
%
 
 
 
2.74
%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
119.3
%
 
 
 
124.7
%
 
 
 
125.7
%
(1)
Includes nonaccrual loans, for further information relating to nonaccrual loans, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
(2)
Includes noninterest-bearing company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others.
(3)
Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

26



Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables present the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The table distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). The rate/volume variances are allocated to rate.
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017 Versus 2016 Increase
(Decrease) Due to:
 
2016 Versus 2015 Increase
(Decrease) Due to:
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Total
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
15

 
$
37

 
$
52

 
$
(9
)
 
$
37

 
$
28

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
5

 
6

 
11

 
(4
)
 
(7
)
 
(11
)
Home equity

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
(3
)
Other

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Total Consumer loans
5

 
6

 
11

 
(5
)
 
(10
)
 
(15
)
Commercial Real Estate
13

 
20

 
33

 
3

 
10

 
13

Commercial and Industrial
5

 
15

 
20

 
2

 
8

 
10

Warehouse Lending
4

 
(19
)
 
(15
)
 
(2
)
 
21

 
19

Total Commercial loans
22

 
16

 
38

 
3

 
39

 
42

Total loans held-for-investment
27

 
22

 
49

 
(2
)
 
29

 
27

Loans with government guarantees
2

 
(5
)
 
(3
)
 
3

 
(5
)
 
(2
)
Investment securities

 
12

 
12

 
2

 
7

 
9

Total interest-earning assets
$
44

 
$
66

 
$
110

 
$
(6
)
 
$
68

 
$
62

Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
3

 
3

 
6

 
(1
)
 
5

 
4

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other
22

 
9

 
31

 
2

 
2

 
4

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
2

 
(5
)
 
(3
)
 
8

 
1

 
9

Other long-term debt
4

 
5

 
9

 
7

 
2

 
9

Total interest-bearing liabilities
31

 
12

 
43

 
16

 
10

 
26

Change in net interest income
$
13

 
$
54

 
$
67

 
$
(22
)
 
$
58

 
$
36


2017 Compared to 2016

Net interest income increased $67 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by growth in average interest-earning assets of 16 percent, led by higher average LHFS balances and growth of our higher yielding commercial LHFI portfolios.

Our net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 2.75 percent, as compared to 2.64 percent for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in net interest margin was driven by a higher average yield on interest earning assets due to the growth in our commercial loan portfolio. This was partially offset by an increase in interest expense resulting from a full year of interest on our long-term senior debt which was issued in July 2016.

Average interest-earnings assets increased $2.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was due to a $1.0 billion increase in LHFS due to extending turn times and accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitization. The CRE and C&I portfolios increased $925 million, or 57 percent as we continue to focus our efforts on building a broad-based, higher yielding commercial loan portfolio as we execute on our transformation into a commercial bank.


27



Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the full year in 2016, primarily due to an increase in FHLB advances used to fund balance sheet growth in excess of deposit growth. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $205 million, or 3 percent for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, driven by higher average retail deposits, partially offset by lower average government deposits. Our costs remained well managed in a rising interest rate environment, despite a slight extension of duration due to a higher percentage of certificates of deposit.

2016 Compared to 2015

Net interest income increased $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015. The increase for the year was primarily driven by growth in average interest earning assets of 16 percent, partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin driven by a competitive interest rate environment and issuance of 6.125 percent senior debt used to fund the TARP redemption.

Our net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 2.64 percent, as compared to 2.74 percent for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in net interest margin from 2015 was primarily driven by higher interest rates from longer term fixed rate debt taken to match-fund our longer duration asset growth, interest expense on senior debt issued to fund the TARP redemption and lower average interest rates on LHFS due to a more competitive interest rate environment. This decrease was partially offset by higher average yield on interest earning assets as we shifted from lower spread residential mortgage loans into higher spread commercial loans.

Average LHFS increased $946 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015, due to an increase in mortgage production resulting from a low interest rate market which drove increased refinance activity. Average LHFI increased $737 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015, primarily due to growth in warehouse and commercial loans where we have increased our market share and begun to grow our new product portfolios.

Provision (Benefit) for Loan Losses

2017 Compared to 2016

The provision for loan losses increased $14 million to $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to a benefit of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase is primarily due to loan growth of $1.6 billion in our commercial and consumer portfolios. The 2016 benefit resulted primarily from the sale of consumer loans with a UPB of $1.3 billion, of which $110 million were nonperforming.

2016 Compared to 2015

The provision for loan losses decreased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. In 2016, the benefit resulted primarily from the sale of performing and nonperforming consumer loans with a UPB of $1.3 billion, of which $110 million were nonperforming, partially offset by commercial loan growth. In 2015, the provision (benefit) for loan losses included a net reduction in the allowance for loan losses relating to several loan sales, including a net reduction in the allowance relating to interest-only residential first mortgage loans, partially offset by an increase related to the growth in our LHFI portfolio.     

For further information, see MD&A - Credit Risk.


28



Noninterest Income

The following tables provide information on our noninterest income along with additional details related to our net gain on loan sales and activity that occurred within the period:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net gain on loan sales
$
268

 
$
316

 
$
288

Loan fees and charges
82

 
76

 
67

Deposit fees and charges
18

 
22

 
25

Loan administration income
21

 
18

 
26

Net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights
22

 
(26
)
 
28

Representation and warranty benefit
13

 
19

 
19

Other noninterest income
46

 
62

 
17

Total noninterest income
$
470

 
$
487

 
$
470

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)
$
32,527

 
$
29,372

 
$
25,511

Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1) (2)
0.82
%
 
1.02
%
 
1.13
%
Gain on loan sales + net return (loss) on the MSR (2)
$
290

 
$
290

 
$
316

Capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights
1.16
%
 
1.07
%
 
1.13
%
Mortgage loans sold and securitized
$
32,493

 
32,033

 
26,307

Net margin on loans sold and securitized
0.82
%
 
0.94
%
 
1.09
%
(1)
Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on previous historical experience and the level of interest rates.
(2)
Gain on sale margin is based on net gain on loan sales (excludes net gain on loan sales of $1 million, $15 million and zero from loans transferred from HFI for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively) to fallout-adjusted mortgage rate lock commitments.

2017 Compared to 2016

Total noninterest income was $470 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, which was a $17 million decrease from $487 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Net gain on loan sales decreased $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. Market conditions impacted the net gain on loan sales margin which decreased 12 basis points with fallout adjusted lock yields decreasing 20 basis points to 0.82 percent. As a result of our 2017 mortgage acquisitions, the decrease in margin was partially offset by a 10.7 percent increase in fallout adjusted mortgage rate lock volume despite the 14 percent decline in the overall mortgage origination market experienced this year. In addition, the decrease in net gain on loan sales was partially attributable to extending turn times on sales of certain LHFS, when in our estimation extensions provide favorable economics, which shifts earnings from net gain on loan sales to net interest income as well as the sale of nonperforming LHFI that occurred in 2016 which resulted in a $14 million gain.

Total loan fees and charges increased $6 million, or 7.9 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, primarily due to a corresponding 8.0 percent increase in loan originations.

Deposit fees and charges decreased $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, primarily due to lower exchange fee income resulting from limitations set by the Durbin amendment, which became applicable to the Bank on July 1, 2016.

Loan administration income increased $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by higher fee revenue due to an increase in the number of loans subserviced for others. This increased as a result of growth in our servicing business.


29



Net return on MSRs, including the impact of hedges, increased $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by a more stable prepayment environment as a result of higher market interest rates, partially offset by a decrease in servicing fee income resulting from a lower MSR balance and higher transaction costs due to MSR sales that occurred in 2017.
 
Representation and warranty benefit decreased $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower recoveries and a greater reduction of the reserve in 2016 compared to 2017. The reserve has continued to decrease as a result of sustained strong underwriting, low levels of repurchases and a low repurchase pipeline of $3 million UPB at December 31, 2017.

Other noninterest income decreased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million reduction in the DOJ settlement liability that occurred in the third quarter of 2016. This decrease was partially offset by increased rental income attributable to growth in equipment financing, and higher investment, insurance, and commercial loan fee income.

2016 Compared to 2015

Total noninterest income increased $17 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015.

Net gain on loan sales increased $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in gain on loan sales was primarily due to $3.9 million higher fallout-adjusted lock volume driven by an increase in refinance activity and a $14 million gain from the sale of performing LHFI. The increase was partially offset by lower loan sale margins driven by pricing competition.

Total loan fees and charges increased $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to higher mortgage loan closings.

Loan administration income decreased $8 million for the year December 31, 2016 to $18 million, compared to $26 million for the same period in 2015. The decrease was equally driven by lower fee revenue from loans subserviced for others and higher interest expense on average company controlled deposits which increased due primarily to higher refinance activity.

Our net loss on MSRs was $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a return of $28 million for the same period in 2015. The $54 million decrease was primarily due to a decline in fair value driven by higher prepayments, increased market implied interest rate volatility, and a $7 million charge related to MSR sales that closed during the year. These declines were partially offset by higher servicing fees and ancillary income received due to a higher average outstanding MSR balance carried throughout the year.
 
Other noninterest income increased $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $24 million benefit related to the reduction in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability and an $11 million net improvement in fair value adjustments. Higher income earned on our bank owned life insurance and gains on the sale of AFS investment securities about equally drove the remaining improvement.


30



Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest expense:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Compensation and benefits
$
299

 
$
269

 
$
237

Occupancy and equipment
103

 
85

 
81

Commissions
72

 
55

 
39

Loan processing expense
57

 
55

 
52

Legal and professional expense
30

 
29

 
36

Other noninterest expense
82

 
67

 
91

Total noninterest expense
$
643

 
$
560

 
$
536

Efficiency ratio
74.8
%
 
69.2
%
 
70.9
%
Number of FTE
3,525

 
2,886

 
2,713


2017 Compared to 2016

Total noninterest expense increased $83 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended December 31, 2016.

The $30 million increase in compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. This increase was driven by recent acquisitions and additions in our Community Banking segment to support growth in both our C&I and CRE portfolios. Our full-time equivalent employees increased by 22 percent from December 31, 2016 to a total of 3,525 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2017, of which 465 were Opes full-time equivalent employees.

The $18 million increase in occupancy and equipment expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, was primarily due to a higher average depreciable asset base and increased utilization of vendor services to support the needs of our growing business.

Commission expense increased $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, primarily due to higher loan originations and a shift in mix to delegated retail channels with higher commission rates resulting from our mortgage acquisitions.

Other noninterest expense increased $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, primarily due to an increase in advertising expenses due to direct mail and brand awareness campaigns that were launched to drive deposit growth. The remaining increase is equally attributable to an increase in our FDIC assessment driven by growth in our commercial portfolios, higher business development costs related to acquisitions and an increase in charitable activities.

2016 Compared to 2015    

Total noninterest expense increased $24 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015.

The $32 million increase in compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015, was primarily due to an increase in overall headcount in support of our new strategic initiatives along with an increase in performance-related compensation including the ExLTIP plan, for further information relating to ExLTIP plan, see Note 18 - Stock-Based Compensation. Our full-time equivalent employees increased overall by 173 from December 31, 2015 to a total of 2,886 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2016.

Commission expense increased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015. Higher loan production and unfavorable product mix about equally drove a $9 million increase with the remaining increase being driven by our investment in new strategic initiatives.

31




Occupancy and equipment expense increased $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015, primarily due to an increase in maintenance costs related to software that was implemented in the fourth quarter 2015 along with a higher average depreciable asset base.
    
Legal and professional expense decreased $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015, primarily due to implementation of company-wide cost savings initiatives resulting in decreased utilization of third party service providers.
    
Other noninterest expense decreased $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the same period in 2015 primarily due to a decrease in federal insurance premium expenses driven by an improvement to our risk profile, combined with decreases in default servicing costs, foreclosure costs and an improvement in house prices, offset with higher litigation and regulatory related expenses that occurred in 2015.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law H.R.1, originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The legislation includes various changes to the U.S. tax code which will have an impact on us, including, but not limited to, a reduction in the statutory corporation tax rate from a maximum rate of 35 percent to a flat rate of 21 percent effective January 1, 2018, repeal of the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), immediate expensing of capital investments, modifications to the provisions of future generated net operating losses, and additional limitations on the deductibility of performance-based compensation for named executive officers. We have analyzed and recorded the effects of the law’s impact in the financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2017.
  
2017 Compared to 2016

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $148 million, compared to a provision of $87 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in the provision for income taxes is primarily due to the charge to the provision for income taxes of approximately $80 million. This resulted from the revaluation of our DTAs as a result of the new tax legislation. Excluding this charge, the Company’s adjusted effective tax rate was 32.1 percent. This adjusted effective tax rate differs from the combined federal and state statutory rate primarily due to benefits from tax-exempt earnings and stock-based compensation.

2016 Compared to 2015    

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $87 million, compared to a provision of $82 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and our effective tax provision rate decreased to 33.7 percent as compared to 34.2 percent for the same periods, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily due to the impact of the bank owned life insurance and state taxes in relation to pre-tax income.

For further information, see Note 19 - Income Taxes.


32



Fourth Quarter Results

The following table sets forth selected quarterly data:
 
Three Months Ended
 
December 31,
2017
 
September 30,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net interest income
$
107

 
$
103

 
$
87

Provision for loan losses
2

 
2

 
1

Total noninterest income
124

 
130

 
98

Total noninterest expense
178

 
171

 
142

Provision for income taxes
96

 
20

 
14

Net income
$
(45
)
 
$
40

 
$
28

Adjusted net income (1)
35

 
40

 
28

Income per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(0.79
)
 
$
0.71

 
$
0.50

Diluted
$
(0.79
)
 
$
0.70

 
$
0.49

Adjusted diluted (1)
$
0.60

 
$
0.70

 
$
0.49

Efficiency ratio
77.1
%
 
73.5
%
 
76.7
%
(1)
For further information, see MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

Fourth Quarter 2017 compared to Third Quarter 2017

Net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2017 was $45 million, or $0.79 per diluted share, as compared to a net gain of $40 million, or $0.70 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2017. The fourth quarter 2017 results included a one-time charge of $80 million to the provision for income taxes, or $1.37 per diluted share, due to the revaluation of our net deferred tax asset under the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Excluding this charge, the Company had adjusted net income of $35 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2017

Adjusted net income decreased $5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended September 31, 2017. The decrease was due to a $7 million increase in noninterest expense, primarily resulting from higher performance driven compensation and increased expenses to support the investment in our growth initiatives. In addition, noninterest income decreased $6 million, primarily due to a net loss on the MSRs based on a decrease in fair value and charges associated with a pending MSR sale. This decrease was offset by an increase in gain on loan sales, which experienced a 7 basis point increase in margins, due to favorable pricing experienced in the fourth quarter, offset by a modest 3 percent decline in fallout adjusted locks despite seasonal factors, reflecting the strength of our bulk and retail channels. These declines were partially offset by a $4 million increase in net interest income, driven by a 4 percent increase in average earning assets, led by continued growth in our commercial loan portfolio, which experienced an increase in average balances of $344 million, or 9 percent, for the fourth quarter 2017 as compared to the third quarter of 2017.

Fourth Quarter 2017 compared to Fourth Quarter 2016

Net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2017 was $45 million, or $0.79 per diluted share, as compared to a net gain of $28 million, or $0.49 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2016. The fourth quarter 2017 results included a one-time charge of $80 million to the provision for income taxes, or $1.37 per diluted share, due to the revaluation of our net deferred tax asset under the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Excluding this charge, the Company had adjusted net income of $35 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2017.

Adjusted net income increased $7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2016. The increase was driven by a $22 million increase in net gain on loan sales, primarily due to a 42 percent higher fallout adjusted lock volume as a result of our strategic acquisitions and investments made in 2017. In addition, net interest income increased $20 million, driven by a $2.6 billion, or 20 percent, increase in average earning assets, led by a $1.1 billion increase in the CRE and C&I portfolios. The increase in net interest income was further the result of a 9 basis point increase in net interest margin for the three months ended December 31, 2017, compared to the three months ended

33



December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in market rates, a higher yielding commercial loan portfolio, and continued deposit price discipline. These increases were partially offset by a $36 million increase in noninterest expense, driven by higher compensation and benefits due to increased headcount driven by the strategic acquisitions and investments in future revenue growth made in 2017.

Operating Segments

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction with Note 23 - Operating Segments, and other sections for a full understanding of our consolidated financial performance.

Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment services consumer, governmental and commercial customers. We also serve home builders, correspondents, and commercial customers in Michigan. We are focused on using capital and liquidity generated from the mortgage business to expand our community banking relationships and build net interest margin revenue and fee income.

Our commercial customers are from a diversified range of industries including financial, insurance, service, manufacturing, and distribution. We offer financial products to these customers for use in their normal business operations and financing of working capital needs, equipment purchases and other capital investments. Additionally, our commercial real estate division supports income producing real estate and residential properties. These loans are made to finance properties such as owner-occupied, retail, office, multi-family apartment buildings, industrial buildings, and residential developments which are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property.

Our Community Banking segment has seen continued growth throughout the year and our transformation into a community bank continues to be of importance to our overall business model. Our commercial loan portfolio has grown to $4.3 billion as of December 31, 2017, representing a 30.7 percent increase from December 31, 2016.

On November 13, 2017, we announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire eight Desert Community Bank branches in San Bernardino County, California, with approximately $600 million in deposits and $70 million in loans. The pending acquisition has received regulatory approval and is expected to close during the first quarter of 2018. This acquisition will provide us with low cost, stable deposits to fund balance sheet growth. Additionally, this acquisition will combine Desert Community Bank's successful deposit franchise with a significant Flagstar presence already on the West Coast, which includes our Opes Advisors division, warehouse lending and home builder finance activities.

Mortgage Originations

We are a leading national originator of residential first mortgage loans. Our Mortgage Origination segment originates, acquires and sells one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. We utilize multiple distribution channels to originate or acquire mortgage loans on a national scale. Our Mortgage Origination segment helps grow the servicing business which generates a stable, low cost funding source through company controlled deposits for the community bank. Additionally, the Mortgage Originations segment provides us with a large number of customer relationships which, along with our banking customer relationships, provide us an opportunity to prudently cross-sell a full line of consumer financial products which include mortgage refinancing, HELOC, and other consumer loans.

Correspondent. In the correspondent channels, an unaffiliated bank or mortgage company completes the loan paperwork and also funds the loan at closing. After the bank or mortgage company has funded the transaction, we purchase the loan at an agreed upon price. We perform a full review of each loan, whether purchased in bulk or not, purchasing only those loans that were originated in accordance with our underwriting guidelines. Correspondents apply to the Bank and may be approved for delegated underwriting authority. Delegated correspondents assume the risks associated with the underwriting of the loan and earn more on loans sold compared to non-delegated correspondents. Non-delegated correspondents earn commissions and administrative fees for closing and funding loans which are then underwritten by the Bank. We have active relationships with 479 delegated correspondents and 553 non-delegated correspondents servicing borrowers in all 50 states.

Broker. In a broker transaction, an unaffiliated mortgage broker completes several steps of the loan origination process including the loan paperwork, but the loans are underwritten by us on a loan-level basis to our underwriting standards and we fund and close the loan in the Bank's name, thereby becoming the lender of record. Currently, we have active broker relationships with 745 mortgage brokers servicing borrowers in all 50 states.

34



Retail. In our distributed retail channel, loans are originated through our nationwide network of stand-alone home loan centers. At December 31, 2017, we maintained 89 retail locations in 29 states representing the combined retail branches of Flagstar Bank and its Opes Advisors mortgage division. In a direct-to-consumer lending transaction, loans are originated through our direct-to-consumer team or from one of our two national call centers, both of which may leverage our existing customer relationships. When loans are originated on a retail basis, most aspects of the lending process are completed internally, including the origination documentation (inclusive of customer disclosures), as well as the funding of the transactions.
The following tables disclose residential first mortgage loan originations by channel, type and mix:
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Correspondent
$
25,769

 
$
24,488

 
$
20,543

 
$
18,052

 
$
25,885

Broker
5,025

 
5,890

 
7,335

 
5,339

 
9,612

Retail
3,614

 
2,039

 
1,490

 
1,194

 
1,980

Total
$
34,408

 
$
32,417

 
$
29,368

 
$
24,585

 
$
37,477

Purchase originations
$
19,357

 
$
13,672

 
$
13,696

 
$
14,654

 
$
12,840

Refinance originations
15,051

 
18,745

 
15,672

 
9,931

 
24,637

Total
$
34,408

 
$
32,417

 
$
29,368

 
$
24,585

 
$
37,477

Conventional
$
16,962

 
$
18,156

 
$
17,571

 
$
15,158

 
$
25,653

Government
8,635

 
7,859

 
6,385

 
6,134

 
8,825

Jumbo
8,811

 
6,402

 
5,412

 
3,293

 
2,999

Total
$
34,408

 
$
32,417

 
$
29,368

 
$
24,585

 
$
37,477


We continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process, thereby bringing service and convenience to borrowers and correspondents. We also offer our customers web-based tools that facilitate the mortgage loan process through each of our production channels. We will continue to seek new ways to expand our relationships with borrowers and correspondents to provide the necessary capital and liquidity to grow the Community Bank and Mortgage Servicing segments.

The majority of our loan originations during the year ended December 31, 2017 were eligible for sale to the Agencies. In addition, during 2017, we closed on two securitizations of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) totaling $1.0 billion, which were comprised of loans Flagstar originated through our retail, broker and correspondent channels with collateral consisting of high-quality 15 to 30 year, fully amortizing conforming and jumbo fixed rate loans. On February 23, 2018, we closed an additional RMBS securitization totaling $488 million, comprised of loans similar to those included in the securitizations that occurred during 2017. We have demonstrated our ability to execute securitizations in the market and expect to continue securitization activity throughout 2018. This is an important differentiator for our mortgage business by providing an additional means in which to sell our residential mortgage loans.

Mortgage Servicing

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage loans for others through a scalable servicing platform on a fee for service basis and may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest bearing escrows. The loans we service generate escrow deposits which provide a stable low cost funding source to the Bank. Revenue for those serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the status of the underlying loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment services residential mortgages for our LHFI portfolio in the Community Banking segment and our MSR portfolio in the Mortgage Originations segment for which it earns segment revenue via an intercompany service fee allocation.

35




The following table presents residential loans serviced and the number of accounts associated with those loans.
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Number of accounts
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Number of accounts
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Number of accounts
 
(Dollars in millions)
Residential loan servicing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Serviced for own loan portfolio (2)
$
7,013

 
29,493

 
$
5,816

 
29,244

 
$
6,088

 
30,683

Serviced for others
25,073

 
103,137

 
31,207

 
133,270

 
26,145

 
118,662

Subserviced for others (3)
65,864

 
309,814

 
43,127

 
220,075

 
40,287

 
211,937

Total residential loans serviced
$
97,950

 
442,444

 
$
80,150

 
382,589

 
$
72,520

 
361,282

(1)
UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage and home equity), LHFS (residential first mortgage), loans with government guarantees (residential first mortgage), and repossessed assets.
(3)
Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs. Includes repossessed assets.
    
At December 31, 2017, the number of residential loans serviced and the UPB of those loans increased by 59,855 and $17.8 billion, respectively, compared to December 31, 2016. Loans subserviced for others drove the increase in total residential loans serviced by increasing 89,739 loans and $22.7 billion UPB, offset by a decrease of loans serviced for others of 30,133 loans and $6.1 billion UPB, over the same period.

The shift in loan servicing categories was primarily due to large bulk sales of MSRs that occurred during 2017 of which we retained subservicing. Consistent with our strategy to grow our subservicing business, of the $33.2 billion UPB of MSRs sold during 2017, we retained subservicing on 84 percent of these sales. Our continued growth in our subservicing business has made us the 8th largest subservicer in the nation with capacity for further growth as we continue to subservice loans originated by Flagstar as well as those originated by others. Our platform and capabilities make us an attractive and comprehensive option to owners of MSRs as our service offerings also include MSR lending, servicing advanced lending and recapture services.

Loans Serviced for Others

The following table presents the characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced for others.
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Average UPB per loan
$
243

 
$
234

 
$
220

Weighted average service fee (basis points)
28.8

 
26.6

 
27.4

Weighted average coupon
4.05
%
 
3.88
%
 
4.12
%
Weighted average original maturity (months)
330

 
325

 
337

Weighted average age (months)
11

 
15

 
15

Average current FICO score (1)
728

 
746

 
733

Average original LTV ratio
77.7
%
 
71.9
%
 
77.9
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)
73.3
%
 
65.6
%
 
71.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Delinquencies:
 
 
 
 
 
30-59 days past due
$
250

 
$
155

 
$
198

60-89 days past due
71

 
26

 
45

90 days or greater past due
125

 
102

 
80

Total past due
$
446

 
$
283

 
$
323

(1)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the life of the loan.
(2)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of September 30, 2017.


36



Loans Subserviced for Others     

The following table presents the characteristics of the mortgage loans subserviced for others.
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Average UPB per loan (thousands)
$
213

 
$
196

 
$
190

Weighted average service fee (basis points)
28.3

 
31.0

 
29.7

Weighted average coupon
3.85
%
 
3.83
%
 
3.97
%
Weighted average original maturity (months)
307

 
337

 
334

Weighted average age (months)
36

 
39

 
40

Average current FICO score (1)
734

 
728

 
737

Average original LTV ratio
71.1
%
 
81.1
%
 
78.4
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)
62.4
%
 
65.3
%
 
62.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Delinquencies:
 
 
 
 
 
30-59 days past due
$
954

 
$
614

 
$
567

60-89 days past due
276

 
164

 
197

90 days or greater past due
692

 
441

 
529

Total past due
$
1,922

 
$
1,219

 
$
1,293

(1)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the life of the loan.
(2)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of September 30, 2017.

Other

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. Treasury functions include administering the investment securities portfolios, balance sheet funding, and interest rate risk management. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets and liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage Servicing segments.

Operating Segments' Performance

The net income (loss) by operating segment is presented in the following table:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Community Banking
$
39

 
$
46

 
$
26

Mortgage Originations
110

 
119

 
149

Mortgage Servicing
(15
)
 
(13
)
 
(28
)
Other
(71
)
 
19

 
11

Total net income (loss)
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158


Community Banking

2017 compared to 2016

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Community Banking segment reported net income of $39 million, compared to net income of $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The $7 million decrease was primarily due to a $15 million increase in other noninterest expense primarily driven by higher compensation and benefits expense to support strategic growth initiatives and increased FDIC premiums due to higher balances. In addition, the provision for loan losses increased $14 million and noninterest income decreased $11 million, driven by a decrease in net gain on loan sales, primarily

37



due to the sale of performing residential loans out of the LHFI portfolio during 2016. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $32 million, primarily due to loan growth as our CRE and C&I portfolios increased by $671 million and $427 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2017.

2016 compared to 2015

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Community Banking segment had net income of $46 million, compared to net income of $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to a $35 million increase in net interest income resulting from growth in our warehouse, commercial, and home builder finance loan balances along with an increase in net gain on loan sales of $21 million, primarily driven by the sale of performing residential first mortgage loans out of the LHFI portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2016. These increases were partially offset by a $19 million increase in other noninterest expense driven by personnel related expenses and higher advertising expenses which have supported our strategic growth initiatives. In addition, the benefit for loan losses decreased $9 million due to higher sales of nonperforming and interest-only loans in 2015 which drove a provision benefit of $19 million.

Mortgage Originations

2017 compared to 2016

The Mortgage Originations segment net income decreased $9 million to $110 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $119 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $65 million increase in other noninterest expense driven by expenses associated with growth initiatives, which included an increase in compensation and benefits and higher commissions resulting from the acquisition of Opes Advisors and an increase in mortgage volume. In addition, net gain on loan sales decreased $32 million driven by a 21 basis point decrease in margin resulting from competitive factors and a shift in product mix with higher correspondent volume resulting from acquisitions. These decreases were partially offset by a $48 million increase in net return on MSRs. Additionally, net interest income increased $39 million resulting from increased mortgage volume and longer turn times to take advantage of attractive spreads.

2016 compared to 2015

The Mortgage Originations segment net income decreased $30 million to $119 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $149 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a $43 million decrease in noninterest income primarily attributable to lower net return on MSRs resulting from higher prepayments and an increased probability of prepayment assumption driven by the low interest rate environment experienced throughout the year. This was offset by an increase of $10 million in net interest income primarily resulting from higher average LHFS balances in 2016.

Mortgage Servicing

2017 compared to 2016

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net loss of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to a net loss of $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower loan administration income resulting from higher amounts paid to subservice clients for custodial balances which is driven by higher market rates and increased volume. Additionally, lower company controlled deposits drove a decrease in net interest income. These decreases were partially offset by higher noninterest income primarily due an increase in the number of loans subserviced for others, which grew by nearly 90,000 loans, or 40.8 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

2016 compared to 2015

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net loss of $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a net loss of $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The improvement was primarily due to a $20 million increase in net interest income resulting from higher funds transfer pricing earned on company controlled deposits and higher interest recoveries on modified loans with government guarantees. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income due to a lower overall volume of performing and default loans serviced.


38



Other

2017 compared to 2016

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Other segment reported net loss of $71 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to net income of $19 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in net income is primarily due to the charge to the provision for income taxes of approximately $80 million, resulting from the new tax legislation that required revaluation of our DTAs at a lower corporate statutory rate. In addition, the prior year saw an increase in noninterest income primarily due to the $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability.

2016 compared to 2015

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Other segment reported net income of $19 million, as compared to net income of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The improvement was primarily due to an increase in noninterest income due to a $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability, and an increase from the improved cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance. These increases were primarily offset by an increase in interest expense due to higher average outstanding FHLB advances and senior debt issued for TARP redemption.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The risks we are subject to in the normal course of business, include, but are not limited to, credit, regulatory compliance, legal, reputation, liquidity, market, operational and strategic. We have made significant investments in our risk management activities which are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. We hold capital to protect from unexpected loss arising from these risks.

A comprehensive discussion of risks affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A. of this Form 10-K. Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity and operational risks are described in the following paragraphs.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss to us arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. We provide loans, extend credit, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

We maintain a strict credit limit, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in order to maintain a diversified loan portfolio and manage its credit exposure to any one borrower or obligor. Under the Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA"), savings associations are generally subject to national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, per HOLA, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital plus any portion of the allowance for loan losses not included in the Tier 2 capital, which was $251 million as of December 31, 2017. We maintain a maximum internal Bank limit of $100 million (commitment level) to any one borrower/obligor relationship, which is more conservative than the limit required by HOLA. Additionally, we have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending concentration levels and all credit exposures to one borrower that exceed $50 million must be approved by the Board of Directors.
    
The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We manage our credit risk by establishing sound credit policies for underwriting and adhering to well controlled processes. We utilize various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with loans that we hold, acquire, and originate.


39



Loan Originations
    
The following table presents loan originations by portfolio:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
34,408

 
$
32,417

Home equity (1)
336

 
195

Total consumer loans
34,744

 
32,612

Commercial loans (2)
1,215

 
687

Total loan originations
$
35,959

 
$
33,299

(1)
Includes second mortgage loans, HELOC loans, and other consumer loans.
(2)
Includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.

Loans held-for-investment    

The following table summarizes loans held-for-investment by category:

 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,754

 
$
2,327

 
$
3,100

 
$
2,193

 
$
2,509

Home equity
664

 
443

 
519

 
406

 
460

Other
25

 
28

 
31

 
31

 
37

Total consumer loans
3,443

 
2,798

 
3,650

 
2,630

 
3,006

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
1,932

 
1,261

 
814

 
620

 
409

Commercial and industrial
1,196

 
769

 
552

 
429

 
217

Warehouse lending
1,142

 
1,237

 
1,336

 
769

 
424

Total commercial loans
4,270

 
3,267

 
2,702

 
1,818

 
1,050

Total loans held-for-investment
$
7,713

 
$
6,065

 
$
6,352

 
$
4,448

 
$
4,056

(1)
Includes NBV of $307 million, $244 million, $188 million, $142 million, and $82 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Loans held-for-investment increased $1.6 billion at December 31, 2017, from December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to our continued effort to grow both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios.

The commercial loan portfolio growth strengthens our Community Banking segment by improving margins through the additions of higher yielding loans. The commercial loan portfolio has grown $1.0 billion, or 31 percent, since December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, our CRE portfolio grew $671 million and C&I $427 million.

40




The following table provides a comparison of activity in our LHFI portfolio:

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance, beginning of year
$
6,065

 
$
6,352

 
$
4,448

 
$
4,056

 
$
5,438

Loans originated and purchased
2,170

 
1,771

 
2,975

 
894

 
868

Change in lines of credit
2,982

 
957

 
678

 
424

 
380

Loans transferred from loans held-for-sale
1

 
2

 
32

 
56

 
64

Loans transferred to loans held-for-sale
(130
)
 
(1,309
)
 
(1,198
)
 
(509
)
 
(832
)
Loan amortization / prepayments
(3,373
)
 
(1,700
)
 
(569
)
 
(451
)
 
(1,687
)
Loans transferred to repossessed assets
(2
)
 
(8
)
 
(14
)
 
(22
)
 
(175
)
Balance, end of year
$
7,713

 
$
6,065

 
$
6,352

 
$
4,448

 
$
4,056


For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

Residential first mortgage loans. We originate or purchase various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. The LTV requirements vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. We hold for investment, higher yielding loans and loans that will diversify or enhance the interest rate characteristics of our balance sheet.
    
The following table presents our total residential first mortgage LHFI by major category:
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Current estimated LTV ratios
 
 
 
Less than 80% and refreshed FICO scores (1):
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
$
2,441

 
$
2,077

Less than 660
73

 
95

80% and greater and refreshed FICO scores (1):
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
168

 
78

Less than 660
12

 
9

U.S. government guaranteed
60

 
68

Total
$
2,754

 
$
2,327

Geographic region
 
 
 
California
$
1,127

 
$
858

Michigan
275

 
236

Florida
201

 
193

Texas
182

 
138

Washington
169

 
136

Illinois
101

 
84

Arizona
76

 
65

Colorado
69

 
60

Maryland
65

 
59

New York
62

 
68

Others
427

 
430

Total
$
2,754

 
$
2,327

(1)
FICO scores are updated at least on a quarterly basis or more frequently if available.

41




Home equity. Our home equity portfolio includes first and second lien positions for HELOANs and HELOCs. These loans require full documentation and are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure high credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on HELOANS is capped at 43 percent and for HELOCs is capped at 45 percent. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of 660. Current second mortgage loans/HELOANS are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 15 years. HELOC loans are variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year draw period followed by a 20-year amortizing period.

Commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial LHFI facilities typically include lines of credit and term loans and leases to businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital, equipment and capital purchases, acquisitions and expansion projects. We lend to customers with a history of profitability and a long-term business model. Generally, leverage conforms to industry standards and the minimum debt service coverage is 1.20 times. Most of our C&I loans earn interest at a variable rate.

In 2016, we launched an equipment finance and leasing program to complement our existing commercial and industrial lending channel and in 2017, we saw solid, consistent growth in this business. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we had $4 million in earnings related to this business as compared to less than $1 million for the year end December 31, 2016.

The following table presents our total C&I LHFI by borrower's geographic location and industry type:
 
Michigan
 
Texas
 
Virginia
 
California
 
Tennessee
 
Other
 
Total
 
% by industry
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industry Type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial & Insurance
$
15

 
$
9

 
$
70

 
$

 
$
14

 
$
222

 
$
330

 
27.6
%
Services (1)
78

 
74

 

 
34

 

 
118

 
304

 
25.4
%
Manufacturing
64

 
5

 

 
23

 

 
97

 
189

 
15.8
%
Healthcare
26

 
7

 

 
1

 
43

 
29

 
106

 
8.9
%
Distribution
81

 

 

 
10

 

 

 
91

 
7.6
%
Servicing advances
31

 

 

 

 

 
50

 
81

 
6.8
%
Rental & leasing
49

 

 

 

 

 
26

 
75

 
6.3
%
Government & education
5

 

 

 

 

 
6

 
11

 
0.9
%
Commodities

 

 

 

 

 
9

 
9

 
0.8
%
Total
$
349

 
$
95

 
$
70

 
$
68

 
$
57

 
$
557

 
$
1,196

 
100.0
%
Percent by state
29.2
%
 
7.9
%
 
5.9
%
 
5.7
%
 
4.8
%
 
46.6
%
 
100.0
%
 
 
(1)
Includes unsecured home builder loans of $104 million.

Commercial real estate loans. Flagstar has a well-diversified commercial real estate portfolio, largely based in Michigan. The portfolio has limited exposure to big box retail centers and contains only one mall. The majority of our retail exposure is to high-quality, single tenant locations, including many drug stores, all of which are underwritten on strong credit metrics. Generally, the maximum LTV is 80 percent, or 85 percent for owner-occupied real estate, and debt service coverage of 1.20 to 1.35 times. This portfolio also includes owner occupied real estate loans and secured home builder loans.

In 2016, we launched a national home builder finance program to grow our balance sheet, increase commercial deposits and develop incremental revenue through our retail purchase mortgage channel. We finance and have active relationships with homebuilders nationwide. At December 31, 2017, loans committed to home builders totaled $1.1 billion, of which $601 million was drawn or used. Of that, $104 million was unsecured and included in our C&I portfolio and $497 million is collateralized and included in either the single family residence or land-residential categories of our CRE portfolio.

42



        
The following table presents our total CRE LHFI by collateral location and collateral type:
 
Michigan
 
Texas
 
Colorado
 
Florida
 
California
 
Other
 
Total (1)
 
% by collateral type
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral Type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residence (2)
$
70

 
$
72

 
$
91

 
$
78

 
$
52

 
$
48

 
$
411

 
21.3
%
Multi family
120

 
35

 
11

 
13

 

 
82

 
261

 
13.5
%
Retail (3)
171

 
4

 
6

 
2

 

 
65

 
248

 
12.8
%
Industrial
123

 
4

 

 
2

 
11

 
75

 
215

 
11.1
%
Office
176

 

 

 
3

 
16

 
3

 
198

 
10.2
%
Land - Residential (4)
9

 
22

 
41

 
25

 
34

 
37

 
168

 
8.7
%
Hotel/motel
86

 
17

 

 

 

 
19

 
122

 
6.3
%
Senior living facility
27

 

 

 

 

 
62

 
89

 
4.6
%
Parking garage/Lot
72

 

 

 

 

 

 
72

 
3.7
%
Non Profit
38

 

 

 
3

 
2

 
4

 
47

 
2.4
%
Shopping Mall (5)

 

 

 

 

 
27

 
27

 
1.4
%
All other (6)
45

 
1

 

 
12

 

 
16

 
74

 
3.8
%
Total
$
936

 
$
155

 
$
149

 
$
138

 
$
115

 
$
439

 
$
1,932

 
100.0
%
Percent by state
48.5
%
 
8.0
%
 
7.7
%
 
7.1
%
 
6.0
%
 
22.7
%
 
100.0
%
 
 
(1)
Includes $307 million of commercial owner occupied real estate loans at December 31, 2017.
(2)
Includes home builder loans secured by SFR 1-4 properties whether under construction or completed.
(3)
Includes multipurpose retail space, neighborhood centers, strip centers and single-use retail space
(4)
Includes home builder loans secured by land. Land residential includes development and unimproved vacant land.
(5)
Comprised of one shopping mall.
(6)
All other primarily includes: marina, movie theater, condominium, data centers etc.

Warehouse lending. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $10.8 billion or 37.4 percent. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $14.4 billion or 40.9 percent. In addition, on February 20, 2018 we announced the pending acquisition of a mortgage warehouse loan portfolio from Santander Bank which will strengthen our national relationship-based lending platform, bring on a seasoned sales and operations team, and offer strong growth potential with a scalable platform. The acquisition is expected to close during the first quarter of 2018.

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the Agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. We have a national platform with relationship managers across the country. The aggregate committed amount of adjustable-rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at December 31, 2017 was $2.8 billion, of which $1.1 billion was outstanding, compared to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2016, of which $1.2 billion was outstanding.


43



Loan Principal Payments 

The following tables set forth the expected repayment of our LHFI, both as fixed rate and adjustable-rate loans:
 
December 31, 2017
 
Within 1 Year
 
1 Year to 5 Years
 
Over 5 Years
 
Totals (1)
 
(Dollars in millions)
Fixed Rate Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
8

 
$
35

 
$
198

 
$
241

Home Equity
6

 
30

 
62

 
98

Other consumer
6

 
13

 
6

 
25

Commercial real estate
17

 
38

 

 
55

Commercial and industrial
36

 
141

 
90

 
267

Total fixed rate loans
$
73

 
$
257

 
$
356

 
$
686

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustable Rate Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
56

 
$
244

 
$
2,192

 
$
2,492

Home Equity
9

 
42

 
502

 
553

Commercial real estate
615

 
1,277

 

 
1,892

Commercial and industrial
335

 
598

 

 
933

Warehouse lending
1,172

 

 

 
1,172

Total adjustable rate loans
$
2,187

 
$
2,161

 
$
2,694

 
$
7,042

(1)
UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.                        

Credit Quality

Trends in certain credit quality characteristics such as nonperforming loans and past due statistics remain very strong and continue to show improvement. This is predominantly a result of effectively managing credit risks and sales of legacy portfolios that included nonperforming and TDR loans which have been replaced by new loans with strong credit characteristics. The credit quality of our loan portfolios is demonstrated by low delinquency levels, minimal charge-offs and low levels of nonperforming loans.
    
For all loan categories within the consumer and commercial loan portfolio, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when any portion of principal or interest is 90 days past due (or nonperforming), or earlier when we become aware of information indicating that collection of principal and interest is in doubt. While it is the goal of management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the Bank. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed. Loans return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible.

44




The following table sets forth certain information about our nonperforming assets:
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
LHFI
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgages
$
12

 
$
18

 
$
27

 
$
72

 
$
92

Home equity
1

 
4

 
2

 
2

 
6

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 
1

Commercial and industrial

 

 
2

 

 

Total nonperforming LHFI
13

 
22

 
31

 
74

 
99

TDRS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgages
12

 
11

 
27

 
43

 
43

Home equity
4

 
7

 
8

 
3

 
4

Total nonperforming TDRs
16

 
18

 
35

 
46

 
47

Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)
29

 
40

 
66

 
120

 
146

Real estate and other nonperforming assets, net
8

 
14

 
17

 
19

 
36

LHFS
9

 
6

 
12

 
15

 
1

Total nonperforming assets
$
46

 
$
60

 
$
95

 
$
154

 
$
183

Nonperforming assets to total assets (2)
0.22
%
 
0.39
%
 
0.61
%
 
1.41
%
 
1.94
%
Nonperforming LHFI and TDRs to LHFI
0.38
%
 
0.67
%
 
1.05
%
 
2.71
%
 
3.59
%
Net charge-offs to average LHFI (annualized) (1)
0.12
%
 
0.52
%
 
1.85
%
 
1.07
%
 
4.00
%
Nonperforming assets to LHFI and repossessed assets (2)
0.48
%
 
0.90
%
 
1.32
%
 
3.12
%
 
4.46
%
Nonperforming assets to Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) + ALLL (2)(3)
2.36
%
 
3.93
%
 
5.12
%
 
9.50
%
 
12.45
%
(1)
Includes less than 90 days past due performing loans placed on nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.
(2)
Ratio excludes LHFS.
(3)
Refer to MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for calculation of ratio.

At December 31, 2017, we had $46 million of nonperforming assets compared to $60 million of nonperforming assets at December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $9 million decrease in nonperforming LHFI at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. As reflected in the table above, our nonperforming loans have decreased substantially and we have experienced continued improvements in our credit quality ratios since December 31, 2013. The overall improvement in our nonperforming assets credit quality ratios is due to our continued effort to grow our loan portfolio with strong credit quality loans, combined with a slowing emergence of nonperforming loans driven by decreased levels of delinquencies.

In addition to our focus of improving our loan portfolio with strong credit quality loans, we strove to de-risk our balance sheet by selling nonperforming loans. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold $25 million UPB of nonperforming consumer loans which included $11 million UPB of TDRs, as compared to $110 million UPB of nonperforming consumer loans during the year ended December 31, 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, we sold $436 million UPB of nonperforming loans which included $327 million UPB of TDRs, $92 million UPB of nonperforming loans which included $30 million UPB of TDRs, and $508 million UPB of nonperforming loans which included $318 million UPB of TDRs, respectively.


45



Delinquencies    

The following table sets forth our performing LHFI which are past due 30-89 days:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Performing loans past due 30-89:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
4

 
$
6

 
$
10

 
$
37

 
$
56

Home equity
1

 
3

 
3

 
7

 
5

Other

 
1

 
1

 

 

Total performing loans past due 30-89 days
$
5

 
$
10

 
$
14

 
$
44

 
$
61


Early stage delinquencies remained low with the 30 to 89 days past due loans decreasing to $5 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $10 million at December 31, 2016, due to our continued focus on growing our loan portfolio with stronger credit quality loans. There were no past due commercial loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Troubled debt restructurings (held-for-investment)

Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are modified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulties and for which a concession has been granted as a result. Nonperforming TDRs are included in nonaccrual loans. TDRs remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms. Performing TDRs are excluded from nonaccrual loans because it is reasonably assured that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected.
    
The following table sets forth a summary of TDRs by performing status:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Performing TDRs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
19

 
$
22

 
$
49

 
$
306

 
$
332

Home equity
24

 
45

 
52

 
56

 
51

Total performing TDRs
43

 
67

 
101

 
362

 
383

Nonperforming TDRs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming TDRs
5

 
8

 
7

 
29

 
26

Nonperforming TDRs at inception but performing for less than six months
11

 
10

 
28

 
17

 
21

Total nonperforming TDRs
16

 
18

 
35

 
46

 
47

Total TDRs (1)
$
59

 
$
85

 
$
136

 
$
408

 
$
430

(1)
The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $13 million, $9 million, $15 million, $81 million, and $82 million at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2017 our total TDR loans decreased to $59 million compared to $85 million at December 31, 2016, primarily due to our efforts to de-risk our balance sheet by selling nonperforming loans which has resulted in lower delinquency rates and fewer modified loans. Of our total TDR loans, 73.7 percent were in performing status at December 31, 2017. For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.


46



Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALLL represents management's estimate of probable losses that are inherent in our LHFI portfolio but which have not yet been realized. For further information, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards and Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

The ALLL was $140 million and $142 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease from December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by continued strong credit quality, including lower levels of net charge-offs, delinquencies, and nonperforming assets, offset by growth in the LHFI portfolio of $1.6 billion UPB.
    
The ALLL as a percentage of LHFI decreased to 1.8 percent as of December 31, 2017 from 2.4 percent as of December 31, 2016, attributable to growth of $1.6 billion consisting of high credit quality assets in both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios. At December 31, 2017, we had a 2.0 percent allowance coverage of our consumer loan portfolio and a 1.6 percent allowance coverage of our commercial loan portfolio, reflecting continued low levels of delinquencies and net charge-offs in the LHFI portfolio.
        
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the allocation of our ALLL to each loan category:

 
December 31, 2017
 
Investment
Loan
Portfolio
 
Percent
of
Portfolio
 
Allowance
Amount
 
Allowance as a Percentage of
Loan Portfolio
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,746

 
35.7
%
 
$
47

 
1.7
%
Home equity
660

 
8.6
%
 
22

 
3.3
%
Other consumer
25

 
0.3
%
 
1

 
4.0
%
Total consumer loans
3,431

 
44.6
%
 
70

 
2.0
%
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
1,932

 
25.1
%
 
45

 
2.3
%
Commercial and industrial
1,196

 
15.5
%
 
19

 
1.6
%
Warehouse lending
1,142

 
14.8
%
 
6

 
0.5
%
Total commercial loans
4,270

 
55.4
%
 
70

 
1.6
%
Total loans held-for-investment (1)
$
7,701

 
100.0
%
 
$
140

 
1.8
%
(1)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.
    

47




The following tables set forth certain information regarding our ALLL and the allocation of the ALLL over the past five years:
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Allowance
Amount
Allowance to Total Loans
 
Allowance
Amount
Allowance to Total Loans
 
Allowance
Amount
Allowance to Total Loans
 
Allowance
Amount
Allowance to Total Loans
 
Allowance
Amount
Allowance to Total Loans
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
47

0.6
%
 
$
65

1.1
%
 
$
116

1.9
%
 
$
234

5.6
%
 
$
162

4.2
%
Home equity
22

0.3
%
 
24

0.4
%
 
32

0.5
%
 
31

0.7
%
 
20

0.5
%
Other consumer
1

%
 
1

%
 
2

%
 
1

%
 
2

0.1
%
Total consumer loans
70

0.9
%
 
90

1.5
%
 
150

2.4
%
 
266

6.3
%
 
184

4.8
%
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
45

0.6
%
 
28

0.5
%
 
18

0.3
%
 
17

0.4
%
 
19

0.5
%
Commercial and industrial
19

0.2
%
 
17

0.3
%
 
13

0.2
%
 
11

0.2
%
 
3

0.1
%
Warehouse lending
6

0.1
%
 
7

0.1
%
 
6

0.1
%
 
3

0.1
%
 
1

%
Total commercial loans
70

0.9
%
 
52

0.9
%
 
37

0.6
%
 
31

0.7
%
 
23

0.6
%
Total loans held-for-investment (1)
$
140

1.8
%
 
$
142

2.4
%
 
$
187

3.0
%
 
$
297

7.0
%
 
$
207

5.4
%
(1)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.
    
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance
$
142

 
$
187

 
$
297

 
$
207

 
$
305

Provision (benefit) for loan losses (1)
6

 
(15
)
 
(19
)
 
132

 
70

Charge-offs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
(8
)
 
(29
)
 
(87
)
 
(38
)
 
(133
)
Home equity
(3
)
 
(4
)
 
(7
)
 
(9
)
 
(11
)
Other consumer
(2
)
 
(3
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
 
(4
)
Total consumer loans
(13
)
 
(36
)
 
(98
)
 
(49
)
 
(148
)
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
(1
)
 

 

 
(3
)
 
(47
)
Commercial and industrial

 

 
(3
)
 

 
(2
)
Total commercial loans
(1
)
 

 
(3
)
 
(3
)
 
(49
)
Total charge offs
(14
)
 
(36
)
 
(101
)
 
(52
)
 
(197
)
Recoveries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
1

 
2

 
3

 
3

 
15

Home equity
2

 

 
2

 
1

 
2

Other consumer
1

 
3

 
3

 
3

 
2

Total consumer loans
4

 
5

 
8

 
7

 
19

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
1

 
1

 
2

 
3

 
10

Commercial and industrial
1

 

 

 

 

Total commercial loans
2

 
1

 
2

 
3

 
10

Total recoveries
6

 
6

 
10

 
10

 
29

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(8
)
 
(30
)
 
(91
)
 
(42
)
 
(168
)
Ending balance
$
140

 
$
142

 
$
187

 
$
297

 
$
207

(1)
Does not include $7 million provision expense recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with government guarantees at December 31, 2016. There was no provision for loan losses for repossessed loans with government guarantees recorded during the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

48




The following table provides information on our charge-offs and credit quality ratios:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
$
8

 
$
30

 
$
91

 
$
42

 
$
168

Charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees
4

 
14

 
3

 

 

Charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs
1

 
8

 
69

 
15

 
69

Charge-offs, net of recoveries, adjusted (1)
$
3

 
$
8

 
$
19

 
$
27

 
$
99

Net charge-offs to LHFI ratio (annualized) (2)
0.12
%
 
0.52
%
 
1.85
%
 
1.07
%
 
4.00
%
Net charge-off ratio, adjusted (annualized) (1)(2)
0.05
%
 
0.15
%
 
0.40
%
 
0.69
%
 
2.36
%
(1)
Excludes charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees and charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs.
(2)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

Net Charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased to $8 million compared to $30 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. As a percentage of average LHFI, net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased to 0.12 percent from 0.52 percent for the year ended December 31, 2016. The continued improvement in net charge-offs is a result of our strong underwriting and loan quality combined with sales of nonperforming loans. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of the average LHFI on an adjusted basis, were 0.05 percent and 0.15 percent, respectively.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of reduced earnings and/or declines in the net market value of the balance sheet due to changes in market prices. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk which impacts our net interest income, fee income related to interest sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income, and loan and deposit demand.

We are subject to interest rate risk due to:

The maturity or repricing of assets and liabilities at different times or for different amounts
Differences in short-term and long-term market interest rate changes
The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change

The Asset/Liability Committee ("ALCO"), which is composed of our executive officers and certain members of management, monitors interest rate risk on an on-going basis in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. The ALCO reviews interest rate positions and considers the impact projected interest rate scenarios have on earnings, capital, liquidity, business strategies, and other factors. However, management has the latitude to change interest rate positions within certain limits if, in management's judgment, the change will enhance profitability.

To assess and manage interest rate risk, sensitivity analysis is used to determine the impact on earnings and the net market value of the balance sheet across various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends, and strategies.

Net interest income sensitivity

Management uses a simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates across various interest rate scenarios which demonstrates the level of interest rate risk inherent in the existing balance sheet. The analysis holds the current balance sheet values constant and does not take into account management intervention. In addition, we assume certain correlation rates, often referred to as a “deposit beta,” of interest-bearing deposits, wherein the rates paid to customers change at a different pace when compared to changes in benchmark interest rates. The effect on net interest income over a 12 month time horizon due to hypothetical changes in market interest rates is presented in the table below. In this interest rate shock test, as of the periods presented, interest rates have been adjusted by instantaneous parallel changes rather than in a ramp test which applies interest rate changes over time. All rates, short-term and long-term, are changed by the same amount (plus or minus 200 basis points) resulting in the shape of the yield curve remaining unchanged. The minus 200 basis point shock scenario is effectively a flattener scenario as rates are floored at zero given the current interest rate levels.

49



December 31, 2017
Scenario
 
Net interest Income
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in millions)
200
 
$449
 
$16
 
3.6
 %
Constant
 
433

 

 
 %
(200)
 
397

 
(37
)
 
(8.5
)%
December 31, 2016
Scenario
 
Net interest Income
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in millions)
200
 
$321
 
$19
 
6.3
 %
Constant
 
301

 

 
 %
(200)
 
245

 
(57
)
 
(18.9
)%

In the net interest income simulation, our balance sheet exhibits slight asset sensitivity. When interest rates rise our net interest income increases. Conversely, when interest rates fall our net interest income decreases. At December 31, 2017, the $132 million increase in the net interest income in the constant scenario as compared to December 31, 2016, was primarily driven by the increased size of the balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2017 we have also projected the potential impact to net interest income in a hypothetical "bear flattener" interest rate scenario, in which short-term interest rates have been instantaneously increased by 100 basis points while holding the longer term interest rates constant. Over a 12-month and 24-month period, based on our existing balance sheet, the simulation resulted in a loss of $40 million and $53 million, respectively.

The net interest income sensitivity analysis has certain limitations and makes various assumptions. Key elements of this interest rate risk exposure assessment include maintaining a static balance sheet and parallel rate shocks. The direction of future interest rates not moving in a parallel manner across the yield curve, how the balance sheet will respond and shift based on a change in future interest rates and how the Company will respond are not included in this analysis and limit the predictive value of these scenarios.

Economic value of equity

Management also utilizes (EVE), a point in time analysis of the economic value of our current balance sheet position, which measures interest rate risk over a longer term. The EVE calculation represents a hypothetical valuation of equity, and is defined as the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off-balance sheet instruments. The assessment of both short-term earnings (Net Interest Income Sensitivity) and long-term valuation (EVE) approaches provide a more comprehensive analysis of interest rate risk exposure than Net Interest Income Sensitivity alone.
 
There are assumptions and inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates and as such, sensitivity calculations used in this analysis are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results. This analysis evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only and does not incorporate future growth assumptions. Additionally, the analysis assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous and the new rate environment is constant but does not include actions management may undertake to manage risk in response to interest rate changes. Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment and repricing assumptions. Management derives these assumptions by considering published market prepayment expectations, repricing characteristics, our historical experience, and our asset and liability management strategy. This analysis assumes that changes in interest rates may not affect or could partially affect certain instruments based on their characteristics.

50




The following table is a summary of the changes in our EVE that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest rates. The interest rates, as of the dates presented, are adjusted by an instantaneous parallel rate increases and decreases as indicated in the scenarios shown in the table below.
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
Scenario
 
EVE
 
EVE%
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
Scenario
 
EVE
 
EVE%
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in millions)
300
 
$
1,941

 
11.6
%
 
$
(172
)
 
(8.1
)%
 
300
 
$
1,927

 
13.9
%
 
$
(173
)
 
(8.2
)%
200
 
2,020

 
12.0
%
 
(93
)
 
(4.4
)%
 
200
 
2,005

 
14.4
%
 
(95
)
 
(4.5
)%
100
 
2,089

 
12.4
%
 
(24
)
 
(1.2
)%
 
100
 
2,073

 
14.9
%
 
(28
)
 
(1.3
)%
Current
 
2,113

 
12.6
%
 

 
 %
 
Current
 
2,100

 
15.1
%
 

 
 %
(100)
 
2,082

 
12.4
%
 
(31
)
 
(1.5
)%
 
(100)
 
2,067

 
14.9
%
 
(33
)
 
(1.6
)%

Our balance sheet exhibits liability sensitivity in a rising interest rate scenario as the EVE decreases. The decrease in EVE is the result of the amount of liabilities that would be expected to reprice exceeding the amount of assets repriced in the +200 scenario. The December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 (100) is effectively a flattener scenario as shorter term rates are unable to decrease 100 basis points due to the absolute level of rates. Therefore, the yields of the longer term variable rate assets decrease by the full 100 basis points, but the liabilities repricing to shorter term rates decrease to less than 100 basis points, leading to a reduction in EVE.

Derivative financial instruments

As a part of our risk management strategy, we use derivative financial instruments to minimize fluctuation in earnings caused by interest rate risk. We use interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward sales commitments to hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage LHFS and MSRs. All of our derivatives and mortgage loan production originated for sale are accounted for at fair market value. Changes to mortgage commitments are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan, which is impacted most significantly by changes in interest rates and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment, referred to as a fallout factor or pull through rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. The adequacy of these hedging strategies, the ability to fully or partially hedge market risk, rely on various assumptions or projections, including a fallout factor. For further information, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)

Our MSRs are sensitive to interest rate volatility and are highly susceptible to prepayment risk, basis risk, market volatility and changes in the shape of the yield curve. We utilize derivatives and other fair value assets as part of our overall hedging strategy to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs, however these risk management strategies do not completely eliminate repricing risk. Our hedging strategies rely on assumptions and projections regarding assets and general market factors, many of which are outside of our control. If one or more of these assumptions or projections proves to be incorrect our hedging strategies may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, and as a result may negatively impact earnings. For further information, see Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not have sufficient funds to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rate and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet current financial obligations is a function of the balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets and access to various sources of funds.

Parent Company Liquidity

The Company obtains its liquidity primarily from dividends from the Bank. The primary uses of the Company's liquidity are debt service and operating expenses, which includes compensation and benefits, legal and professional expense and general and administrative expenses. At December 31, 2017, the Company held $196 million of cash at the Bank, or 3.8 years of expense and debt service coverage.

51




The OCC regulates all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. A subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Bank, must file a notice or application with the OCC at least 30 days prior to each proposed capital distribution. Whether an application is required is based on a number of factors including whether the institution qualifies for expedited treatment under the OCC rules and regulations or if the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years. In addition, as a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, the Bank must receive approval from the FRB before declaring any external dividends. Additional restrictions on dividends apply if the Bank fails the QTL test.

    For the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid dividends of $157 million from the Bank to the Bancorp. To support the on-going debt service and other Bancorp expenses, we also intend to reduce our Bancorp double leverage and debt to equity ratios to be more consistent with such ratios at other mid-sized banks, which would likely require further dividend payments from the Bank to the Bancorp for the foreseeable future.

For further information and restrictions related to the Bank's payment of dividends, see MD&A - Regulatory Risks and MD&A - Capital.

Bank Liquidity
    
We primarily originate agency-eligible LHFS and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan originations are readily convertible to cash, either by selling them as part of our agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to the FHLB of Indianapolis and borrowing against them. We use the FHLB of Indianapolis as a significant source for funding our residential mortgage banking business due to the flexibility in terms of being able to borrow or repay borrowings as daily cash needs require.

We have arrangements with the FRB of Chicago to borrow, as appropriate, from its discount window. The discount window is also a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge investment securities and loans that are eligible based on FRB of Chicago guidelines. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on the amount and type of pledged collateral as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the "haircut" of the market value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no notice.

As governed and defined by our internal liquidity policy, we maintain adequate excess liquidity levels appropriate to cover unanticipated liquidity needs. In addition to this liquidity, we also maintain targeted minimum levels of unused collateralized borrowing capacity as another cushion against unexpected liquidity needs. Each business day, we forecast 90 days of daily cash needs. This allows us to determine our projected near term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, if necessary, future activities. As a result, in an adverse environment, we would be able to make adjustments to operations as required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for additional FHLB borrowings, accelerating sales of LHFS (agencies and/or private), selling LHFI or investment securities, borrowing through the use of repurchase agreements, reducing originations, making changes to warehouse funding facilities, or borrowing from the discount window.    

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. We balance the liquidity of our loan assets to our available funding sources. Our LHFI portfolio is funded with stable core deposits whereas our warehouse and LHFS may be funded with FHLB borrowings and company controlled deposits.

Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.


52



Liquidity Table
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
Demand deposit accounts
$
1,219

 
$
1,134

 
$
85

Savings accounts
3,553

 
3,887

 
(334
)
Money market demand accounts
193

 
247

 
(54
)
Certificates of deposit/CDARS
1,493

 
1,056

 
437

Total retail deposits
6,458

 
6,324

 
134

Government deposits
1,073

 
1,030

 
43

Wholesale deposits
45

 

 
45

Company controlled deposits
1,358

 
1,446

 
(88
)
Total deposits
$
8,934

 
$
8,800

 
$
134

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
$
5,665

 
$
2,980

 
$
2,685

Other long-term debt
494

 
493

 
1

Total borrowed funds
$
6,159

 
$
3,473

 
$
2,686


Deposits

The following table sets forth the composition of our deposits:
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
Balance
 
Yield/Rate
 
% of Deposits
 
Balance
 
Yield/Rate
 
% of Deposits
 
(Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Branch retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposit accounts
$
931

 
0.05
%
 
10.4
%
 
$
852

 
0.05
%
 
9.7
%
Savings accounts
3,482

 
0.79
%
 
39.0
%
 
3,824

 
0.77
%
 
43.5
%
Money market demand accounts
124

 
0.16
%
 
1.4
%
 
138

 
0.14
%
 
1.6
%
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)
1,491

 
1.39
%
 
16.7
%
 
1,055

 
1.04
%
 
12.0
%
Total branch retail deposits
6,028

 
0.81
%
 
67.5
%
 
5,869

 
0.70
%
 
66.7
%
Commercial retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposit accounts
288

 
0.28
%
 
3.2
%
 
282

 
0.16
%
 
3.2
%
Savings accounts
71

 
0.68
%
 
0.8
%
 
63

 
0.62
%
 
0.7
%
Money market demand accounts
69

 
0.85
%
 
0.8
%
 
109

 
0.77
%
 
1.2
%
Certificate of deposit/CDARS (1)
2

 
1.65
%
 
%
 
1

 
1.58
%
 
%
Total commercial retail deposits
430

 
0.44
%
 
4.8
%
 
455

 
0.37
%
 
5.1
%
Total retail deposits
$
6,458

 
0.78
%
 
72.3
%
 
$
6,324

 
0.67
%
 
71.9
%
Government deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposit accounts
$
251

 
0.56
%
 
2.8
%
 
$
250

 
0.39
%
 
2.8
%
Savings accounts
446

 
1.08
%
 
5.0
%
 
451

 
0.52
%
 
5.1
%
Certificate of deposit/CDARS (1)
376

 
1.53
%
 
4.2
%
 
329

 
0.74
%
 
3.7
%
Total government deposits (2)
1,073

 
1.11
%
 
12.0
%
 
1,030

 
0.56
%
 
11.7
%
Wholesale deposits
45

 
1.53
%
 
0.5
%
 

 
%
 
%
Company controlled deposits (3)
1,358

 
%
 
15.2
%
 
1,446

 
%
 
16.4
%
Total deposits (4)
$
8,934

 
0.70
%
 
100.0
%
 
$
8,800

 
0.55
%
 
100.0
%
(1)
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $1.4 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(2)
Government deposits include funds from municipalities and schools.
(3)
These accounts represent a portion of the investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced for others and that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.
(4)
The aggregate amount of deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $4.2 billion and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.    
    

53




Total deposits increased $134 million, or 2 percent at December 31, 2017, compared to December 31, 2016, primarily due to growth in branch retail deposits. We have experienced growth through retail customers and our commercial relationships. Our deposit strategy includes organic growth with our existing branches, expanding our subserving business, external growth through the pending acquisition of Desert Community Bank branches and by investing in technology to support online banking. Branch retail deposits increased $159 million at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in retail certificates of deposit/CDARS, largely due to competitive pricing in response to increased market rates.

We utilize local governmental agencies and other public units as an additional source for deposit funding. As a
Michigan bank, we are not required to hold collateral against our government deposits from Michigan government entities as they are covered by the Michigan Business and Growth Fund. Government deposit accounts included $376 million of certificates of deposit with maturities typically less than one year and $697 million in checking and savings accounts at December 31, 2017.

Company controlled deposits arise due to our servicing or subservicing of loans for others and represent the portion of the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. Certain deposits require us to reimburse the owner for the spread on these funds. This cost is a component of net loan administration income. Company controlled deposits are used to fund our most liquid assets including LHFS and warehouse loans. As not all asset categories require the same level of liquidity, our loan-to-deposit ratio shows how we manage our liquidity position, how much liquidity we have and the agility of our balance sheet. The Company's HFI loan-to-deposit ratio, which excludes warehouse loans and company controlled deposits, was 83 percent at December 31, 2017, which provides substantial liquidity for continued growth.

We participate in the CDARS program, through which certain customer CDs are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from other participating banks. This gives customers the potential to receive FDIC insurance up to $50 million. At December 31, 2017, we had $190 million of total CDs enrolled in the CDARS program, a decrease of $41 million from December 31, 2016.
    
Our total exposure related to uninsured deposits over $250,000 was approximately $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2017. These balances could experience a higher propensity to reprice should rates rise or the Bank's financial condition deteriorate.

The following table indicates the scheduled maturities of our certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 by acquisition channel as of December 31, 2017:
 
Retail Deposits
 
Government Deposits
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Twelve months or less
$
547

 
$
360

 
$
907

One to two years
388

 
7

 
395

Two to three years
50

 
1

 
51

Three to four years
8

 

 
8

Four to five years
4

 
1

 
5

Thereafter
21

 

 
21

Total
$
1,018

 
$
369

 
$
1,387


FHLB Advances

We rely upon advances from the FHLB as a source of funding for the origination or purchase of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and long-term financing. The outstanding balance of FHLB advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage LHFS and the availability of lower cost funding sources. Our portfolio includes short-term fixed rate advances, long-term LIBOR adjustable advances, and long-term fixed rate advances. Interest rates on the LIBOR index advances reset every three months and the advances may be prepaid without penalty, with notification, at scheduled three-month intervals after an initial 12-month lockout period.

The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are currently authorized through a resolution of our board of directors to apply for advances from the FHLB using approved loan types as collateral, which includes residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, and commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2017, we had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a

54



line of credit of up to $7.0 billion and we may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At December 31, 2017, we had $5.7 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $763 million of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the FHLB. At December 31, 2017, we pledged collateral to the Federal Reserve Discount Window amounting to $467 million with a lendable value of $433 million. At December 31, 2016, we pledged collateral to the Federal Reserve Discount Window amounting to $496 million with a lendable value of $474 million. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

Debt

As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of junior subordinated notes to our special purpose trusts formed for the offerings, which issued Tier 1 qualifying preferred stock (trust preferred securities). The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable on a quarterly basis; however, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. At December 31, 2017, we had no deferred interest payments.

On July 11, 2016, we issued $250 million of Senior Notes which mature on July 15, 2021. The proceeds from these notes were used to bring current and redeem our then outstanding TARP Preferred Stock.

For further information, see Note 13 - Borrowings.

Contractual Obligations

We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations, which require future cash payments. For further information on each item, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards, Note 9 - Premises and Equipment, Note 12 - Deposit Accounts and Note 13 - Borrowings.

The following table summarizes contractual obligations at December 31, 2017, and the future periods in which the obligations are expected to be settled in cash:
 
Less than 1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than 5 Years
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Deposits without stated maturities
$
5,663

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,663

Certificates of deposits
1,191

 
665

 
29

 
29

 
1,914

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other
4,260

 

 

 

 
4,260

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
125

 
50

 

 
1,230

 
1,405

Senior notes

 

 
247

 

 
247

Trust preferred securities

 

 

 
247

 
247

Operating leases
8

 
12

 
4

 
2

 
26

DOJ litigation settlement

 

 

 
118

 
118

Other
$
4

 
$
6

 
$

 
$

 
$
10

Total
$
11,251

 
$
733

 
$
280

 
$
1,626

 
$
13,890


Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error; inadequate or failed internal systems and controls; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks. We continuously strive to adapt our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We evaluate internal systems, processes, and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses. The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk techniques and strategies, minimize operational and fraud losses, and enhance our overall performance.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations. We have a nationwide mortgage lending presence through a network of brokers, correspondents and retail locations, as well as employees, customers and loans collateralized by properties across the country. As such, events that occurred in 2017 like Hurricanes Harvey and Irma, as well as the California wildfires have the potential to impact our business. Based on our assessment of the impact from these events, the damages and any credit impact from the hurricanes and wildfires was not significant and we believe our

55



allowance coverage levels established at December 31, 2017 were adequate to cover any exposure we might have to further credit risk.

Loans with government guarantees

Substantially all of our loans with government guarantees continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent, which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which exposes us to limited credit risk.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we experienced net charge-offs of $4 million and have reserved for the remaining risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages. These charge-offs arise due to insurance limits on VA insured loans and FHA property foreclosure and preservation requirements that may result in a loss in excess of all, or part of, the guarantee.

Our loans with government guarantees portfolio totaled $271 million at December 31, 2017, as compared to $365 million at December 31, 2016. The decrease is primarily due to loans transferred to LHFS and resold to Ginnie Mae out-pacing new purchases.
 
For further information, see Note 5 - Loans with Government Guarantees.

Representation and warranty reserve

When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers, including sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers (primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac).

The representation and warranty benefit of $13 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was consistent with our sustained low levels of repurchase experience, low repurchase pipeline and the clear framework provided by the Agencies.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2017, we had $15 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $7 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we had $19 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $13 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. The total UPB of 2009 and later vintage loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac was $202 million and $183 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

For further information, see Note 14 - Representation and Warranty Reserve.

Regulatory Risks

Consent Orders

On September 29, 2014, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB. The Consent Order relates to alleged violations of federal consumer financial laws arising from the Bank’s residential first mortgage loan loss mitigation practices and default servicing operations dating back to 2011. Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank paid $28 million for borrower remediation and $10 million in civil money penalties. The settlement does not involve any admission of wrongdoing on the part of the Bank or our employees, directors, officers, or agents. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Consent Order, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014.

Supervisory Agreement

On January 28, 2010, we became subject to the Supervisory Agreement, which will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement actions against us. We have taken actions which we believe are appropriate to comply with, and intend to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement, please refer to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC and included as an exhibit to this filing.

56




Department of Justice Settlement Agreement

On February 24, 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ under which we made an initial payment of $15 million and agreed to make future payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting all of the following conditions which are evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in July 2016; and (c) the Bank having a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report with the OCC.

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report first reporting that its Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment of $25 million would be due at that time. The next annual payment is only made if all conditions continue to be satisfied otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.
The combination of (a) future dividends from the Bank to Bancorp and (b) continued growth in earning assets at the Bank are expected to continue to limit the growth rate of the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio, which could have an impact on the timing of expected cash flows under the Settlement Agreement.

Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of the conditions.

Additionally, if the Bank or Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank and Bancorp represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets, annual payments would commence twelve months after the date of that business combination.

The Settlement Agreement meets the definition of a financial instrument for which we elected the fair value option. The fair value of the liability is subject to significant uncertainty and is impacted by forecasted estimates of equity, earnings, timing and amount of dividends and growth of the balance sheet and their related impacts on forecasted Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio. We consider the assumptions a market participant would make to transfer the liability and evaluate multiple possible outcomes and our estimates of the likelihood of these outcomes, which may change over time.    

Capital

Management actively reviews and manages our capital position and strategy. We make adjustments to our balance sheet composition taking into consideration potential business risks, regulatory requirements and the flexibility to support future growth. We prudently manage our capital position and work with our regulators to ensure that our capital levels are appropriate considering our risk profile.

The capital standards we are subject to include requirements contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act as well as guidelines reached by Basel III. These risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit, and recourse arrangements. Our capital ratios are maintained at levels in excess of those considered to be "well-capitalized" by regulators. Tier 1 leverage was 8.5 percent at December 31, 2017 providing a 351 basis point stress buffer above the minimum level needed to be considered “well-capitalized.”

For additional information on our capital requirements and risks associated with maintaining them, see Item 1. Business, Item 1A. Risk Factors and Note 20 - Regulatory Capital.

In addition, banks with assets greater than $10 billion are required to submit a DFAST under the final rules established by their primary regulator. DFAST requires banks to project results over a nine-quarter planning horizon under three scenarios (baseline, adverse, and severely adverse) published by the Federal Reserve and to show that the bank would exceed regulatory minimum capital standards under all three scenarios. Our most recent DFAST results demonstrated a robust capital position that supports our business and also provides a significant opportunity for continued growth. For additional information on our DFAST requirements, see Item 1. Business.

    

57



Capital rules also limit capital distributions if certain capital ratios are not maintained. The OCC regulates all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. Capital distributions must be approved by the OCC prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by the board of directors of the proposed capital distribution. Per Federal Reserve requirements, the Bank must provide a 30-day notice to the Federal Reserve prior to declaring or paying dividends and under the Supervisory Agreement, the Company agreed to request prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions. For further information related to the Bank's payment of dividends, see Item 1. Business and MD&A - Liquidity Risk.

We believe our capital and liquidity supports our strategy to continue to grow our balance sheet and create additional shareholder value. The strengthening of our balance sheet demonstrates our ability to grow diversified earning assets that are high quality with few nonperforming loans and a low level of delinquencies. In addition, our outsized capital generation and robust capital structure, which includes significant trapped capital, allows for continued growth and under the proposed Capital Simplification rules, we expect to release trapped capital which will add to our already strong capital levels. Our balance sheet provides ample liquidity as we have highly liquid assets in our government-backed securities, loans held for sale from our mortgage business, and warehouse loans. Finally, there are abundant sources of additional liquidity, and we believe that our recent branch acquisition and continued growth in our subservicing business provides ample opportunities to generate deposit funding for additional loan growth.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes non-GAAP financial measures such as the estimated fully implemented Basel III capital levels and ratios, tangible book value per share, adjusted net income, and adjusted net income per share. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to investors in helping to understand the underlying performance and trends of the Company.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, which are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious with respect to the use of such measures. To mitigate these limitations, we have practices in place to ensure that these measures are calculated using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components in their entirety and to ensure that our performance is properly reflected to facilitate consistent period-to-period comparisons. Our method of calculating these non-GAAP measures may differ from methods used by other companies. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors' understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for those financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the most directly comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, can be found in this report.

Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 + Allowance for Loan Losses. The ratio of nonperforming assets to Tier 1 and ALLL divides the total level of nonperforming LHFI assets by Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets), as defined by bank regulations, plus ALLL. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy used by investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate the adequacy of capital in comparison to other companies within the industry.

 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 (Dollars in millions)
Nonperforming assets
$
37

 
$
54

 
$
83

 
$
139

 
$
182

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)
1,442

 
1,256

 
1,435

 
1,184

 
1,281

Allowance for loan losses
(140
)
 
(142
)
 
(187
)
 
(297
)
 
(207
)
Tier 1 capital + ALLL
$
1,582

 
$
1,398

 
$
1,622

 
$
1,481

 
$
1,488

Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 capital + ALLL
2.4
%
 
3.9
%
 
5.1
%
 
9.5
%
 
12.5
%

58




Tangible book value per share. The Company believes that tangible book value per share provides a meaningful representation of its operating performance on an ongoing basis. Management uses this measure to assess performance of the Company against its peers and evaluate overall performance. The Company believes this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information for investors, securities analysts and others because it provides a tool to evaluate the Company’s performance on an ongoing basis and compared to its peers.
 
At December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 (Dollars in millions)
Total stock holders' equity
$
1,399

 
$
1,336

 
$
1,529

 
$
1,373

 
$
1,426

Preferred stock

 

 
267

 
267

 
266

Goodwill and intangibles
21

 

 

 

 

Tangible book value
$
1,378

 
$
1,336

 
$
1,262

 
$
1,106

 
$
1,160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of common shares outstanding
57,321,228

 
56,824,802

 
56,483,258

 
56,332,307

 
56,138,074

Tangible book value per share
$
24.04

 
$
23.50

 
$
22.33

 
$
19.64

 
$
20.66


Adjusted earnings and adjusted diluted earnings per share. The Company believes that adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share provides a meaningful representation of its operating performance. Management uses this measure to assess performance of the Company against its peers and evaluate overall performance. The Company believes this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information for investors, securities analysts and others because it provides a tool to evaluate the Company’s performance on an ongoing basis and compared to its peers.

 
Three Months Ended
 
Year Ended
 
December 31, 2017
 
September 30, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
 (Dollars in millions)
Net income (loss)
$
(45
)
 
$
40

 
$
28

 
$
63

 
$
171

Adjustment to remove DOJ adjustment

 

 

 

 
(24
)
Tax impact of DOJ adjustment

 

 

 

 
8

Adjustment to remove tax reform impact
80

 

 

 
80

 

Adjusted net income
$
35

 
$
40

 
$
28

 
$
143

 
$
155

Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends (1)

 

 

 

 
(18
)
Adjusted net income applicable to common stockholders
$
35

 
$
40

 
$
28

 
$
143

 
$
137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average diluted common shares
58,311,881

 
58,186,593

 
57,824,854

 
58,178,343

 
57,597,667

Adjusted diluted earnings per share
$
0.60

 
$
0.70

 
$
0.49

 
$
2.47

 
$
2.38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
$
(0.79
)
 
$
0.70

 
$
0.49

 
$
1.09

 
$
2.66

(1)
Under the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock, we elected to defer dividends beginning with the February 2012 dividend. In July 2016, we ended the deferral and brought current our previously deferred dividends and redeemed the stock.

59




Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in) reconciliation. On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective, subject to transition provisions primarily related to regulatory deductions and adjustments impacting common equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 capital. We have transitioned to the Basel III framework beginning in January 2015 and are subject to a phase-in period extending through 2018. Accordingly, the calculations provided below are estimates. These measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures because they are not formally defined by GAAP and the Basel III implementation regulations will not be fully phased-in until January 1, 2019. The federal banking regulators have issued a series of new proposals regarding regulatory capital which may freeze or eliminate most of the transitional rules. The regulations are subject to change as clarifying guidance becomes available and the calculations currently include our interpretations of the requirements including informal feedback received through the regulatory process. Other entities may calculate the Basel III ratios differently from ours based on their interpretation of the guidelines. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess our capital adequacy using the Basel III framework, we believe that it is useful to provide investors information enabling them to assess our capital adequacy on the same basis.
Flagstar Bancorp
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)
 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
Total Risk-Based Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 (Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III (transitional)
$
1,216

 
$
1,442

 
$
1,442

 
$
1,576

Increased deductions related to DTAs, MSRs, and other capital components
(16
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital
$
1,200

 
$
1,441

 
$
1,441

 
$
1,574

Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III assets (transitional)
$
10,579

 
$
16,951

 
$
10,579

 
$
10,579

Net change in assets
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets
$
10,577

 
$
16,950

 
$
10,577

 
$
10,577

Capital ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III (transitional)
11.50
%
 
8.51
%
 
13.63
%
 
14.90
%
Basel III (fully phased-in)
11.35
%
 
8.50
%
 
13.62
%
 
14.88
%
Flagstar Bank
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)
 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
 
Total Risk-Based Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 (Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III (transitional)
$
1,531

 
$
1,531

 
$
1,531

 
$
1,664

Increased deductions related to DTAs, MSRs, and other capital components
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

Basel III (fully phased-in) capital
$
1,530

 
$
1,530

 
$
1,530

 
$
1,664

Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III assets (transitional)
$
10,589

 
$
16,934

 
$
10,589

 
$
10,589

Net change in assets
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets
$
10,588

 
$
16,933

 
$
10,588

 
$
10,588

Capital ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III (transitional)
14.46
%
 
9.04
%
 
14.46
%
 
15.72
%
Basel III (fully phased-in)
14.45
%
 
9.04
%
 
14.45
%
 
15.71
%


60



Accounting and Reporting Developments

For further information of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and reflect general practices within our industry. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards. Some of our significant accounting policies require complex judgments and estimates to determine values of assets and liabilities. The more judgmental, uncertain and complex estimates are further discussed below. These estimates are based on information available to management as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, future financial statements could reflect different estimates or judgments.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALLL represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in our LHFI portfolio. The ALLL is sensitive to a variety of internal factors, such as the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, TDR volume, net charge-off experience, as well as external factors, such as, property values, the general health of the economy, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings, peer data, etc. Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

The ALLL includes a component related to specifically identified TDR and NPL loans and a model based component. For further discussion on the methodologies used in determining our allowance, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards.

Specifically identified component

The specifically identified component of the ALLL related to performing TDR loans is generally measured as the difference between the recorded investment in the specific loan and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. Estimating the timing and amounts of future cash flow projections is highly judgmental and based upon assumptions including default rates, prepayment probability and loss severities. All of these estimates and assumptions require significant management judgment and certain assumptions are highly subjective.

Specifically identified collateral dependent NPL loans are generally measured as the difference between the recorded investment in the impaired loan and the underlying collateral value less estimated costs to sell. These estimates are dependent on third party property valuations which may be influenced by factors such as the current and future level of home prices, the duration of current overall economic conditions, and other macroeconomic and portfolio-specific factors.

Model based component

The model-based component of the ALLL is calculated on our consumer and commercial LHFI portfolio by applying average historical loss rates experienced during an identified look back period to outstanding principal balances over an estimated loss emergence period. For portfolios that do not have adequate loss experience and purchased portfolios, we utilize peer loss data in determining the ALLL. The loss emergence period represents the time period between the date at which the loss is estimated to have been incurred and the ultimate realization of that loss (by a charge-off). Estimated loss emergence periods may vary by product and may change over time; management applies judgment in estimating loss emergence periods, using available credit information and trends.

The historical loss model calculation is then adjusted by taking factors into consideration, such as current economic events that have occurred but may not yet be reflected in the historical loss estimates and model imprecision. These adjustments are determined by analyzing the historical loss experience for each major product segment and its underlying credit characteristics. It is difficult to predict whether historical loss experience is indicative of future loss levels, therefore, management applies judgment in making adjustments deemed necessary based on the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio,

61



changes in lending management, changes in credit quality statistics, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the potential impact of payment recasts, changes in concentrations of credit, and other internal or external factor changes. The application of different inputs into the model calculation and the assumptions used by management to adjust the model calculation are subject to significant management judgment and may result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based on quoted market prices in an active market, or if market prices are not available, is estimated using models employing techniques such as matrix pricing or discounting expected cash flows.

The significant assumptions used in the models are independently verified against observable market data where possible. Where observable market data is not available, the estimate of fair value becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. In this circumstance, fair value is estimated based on our judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset or liability. Therefore, the results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability. Additionally, there are inherent limitations to any valuation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future values.

A portion of our assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The majority of these assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, however, certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment which is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to perform the valuation. Instruments classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy indicate that valuations are determined using internally developed methods and models that utilize significant unobservable inputs. Judgments used in these valuations are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within Levels 1 and 2.

The following table presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, which primarily include MSRs, the DOJ settlement liability, and contingent consideration on acquisitions:

 
December 31, 2017
 
Total Balance
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets carried at fair value
$
6,495

 
$
319

As a percentage of total assets
38.4
%
 
1.9
%
Liabilities carried at fair value
$
96

 
$
85

As a percentage of total liabilities
0.6
%
 
0.5
%

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded. Furthermore, while we believe that our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect our judgment and may vary across businesses and portfolios.

For further information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.    
        
MSRs. When we sell mortgage loans in the secondary market, we frequently retain the right to continue to service these loans and earn a servicing fee. At the time the loan is sold on a servicing retained basis, we record the MSR as an asset at its fair value. Determining the fair value of MSRs involves a calculation of the present value of a set of market driven and MSR specific cash flows. MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices. However, the market price of

62



MSRs is generally a function of demand and interest rates. When mortgage interest rates decline, mortgage loan prepayments are expected to increase due to increased refinances. If this happens, the income stream from a MSR portfolio is expected to decline and the fair value of the portfolio will decline. Similarly, when mortgage interest rates increase, mortgage loan prepayments tend to slow and therefore the value of the MSR tends to increase. The fair value of the MSR is also sensitive to market implied interest rate volatility for which an increase has a negative impact on the value of the MSR and a decline has a positive impact on the value of the MSR. Accordingly, we must make assumptions about future interest rates, market implied interest rate volatility and other market conditions in order to estimate the current fair value of our MSR portfolio. In certain circumstances, based on the probability of the completion of a sale of MSRs pursuant to a bona-fide purchase offer, we consider the bid price of that offer and identifiable transaction costs in comparison to the calculated fair value and may adjust the estimate of fair value to reflect the terms of the pending transaction.

On an ongoing basis, we compare our fair value estimates based on both unobservable inputs and market inputs, to an MSR benchmark assumption survey. On a quarterly basis, our MSR valuation is compared to two independent valuations performed by third parties.

DOJ litigation settlement. We elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the remaining future payments. We use a discounted cash flow model to determine the current fair value. The model utilizes our forecast and considers multiple scenarios and possible outcomes that impact the timing of the additional payments, which are discounted using a risk free rate adjusted for non-performance risk that represents our credit risk. These scenarios are probability weighted, based on our judgment, and consider the view of an independent market participant to estimate the most likely fair value of the liability. For further information, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

For further information regarding the valuation of our financial instruments, including those that utilize unobservable inputs, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements. For further information and sensitivities related to the valuation of our MSR asset, see Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements. For further information regarding the valuation of our DOJ liability, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

A discussion regarding our management of market risk is included in "Market Risk" in this report in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

63




ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 


64



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


65



Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Detroit, Michigan
March 12, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.  


66

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In millions, except share data)


 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Assets
 
 
 
Cash
$
122

 
$
84

Interest-earning deposits
82

 
74

Total cash and cash equivalents
204

 
158

Investment securities available-for-sale
1,853

 
1,480

Investment securities held-to-maturity
939

 
1,093

Loans held-for-sale ($4,300 and $3,145 measured at fair value, respectively)
4,321

 
3,177

Loans held-for-investment ($12 and $72 measured at fair value, respectively)
7,713

 
6,065

Loans with government guarantees
271

 
365

Less: allowance for loan losses
(140
)
 
(142
)
Total loans held-for-investment and loans with government guarantees, net
7,844

 
6,288

Mortgage servicing rights
291

 
335

Net deferred tax asset
136

 
286

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
303

 
180

Premises and equipment, net
330

 
275

Other assets
691

 
781

Total assets
$
16,912

 
$
14,053

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Noninterest bearing deposits
$
2,049

 
$
2,077

Interest bearing deposits
6,885

 
6,723

Total deposits
8,934

 
8,800

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
4,260

 
1,780

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
1,405

 
1,200

Other long-term debt
494

 
493

Representation and warranty reserve
15

 
27

Other liabilities ($60 and $60 measured at fair value, respectively)
405

 
417

Total liabilities
15,513

 
12,717

Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 and 70,000,000 shares authorized; 57,321,228 and 56,824,802 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
1

 
1

Additional paid in capital
1,512

 
1,503

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(16
)
 
(7
)
Accumulated deficit
(98
)
 
(161
)
Total stockholders’ equity
1,399

 
1,336

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
16,912

 
$
14,053


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

67

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
446

 
$
348

 
$
295

Investment securities
80

 
68

 
59

Interest-earning deposits and other
1

 
1

 
1

Total interest income
527

 
417

 
355

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
52

 
46

 
42

Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other
36

 
5

 
1

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
24

 
27

 
18

Other long-term debt
25

 
16

 
7

Total interest expense
137

 
94

 
68

Net interest income
390

 
323

 
287

Provision (benefit) for loan losses
6

 
(8
)
 
(19
)
Net interest income after provision (benefit) for loan losses
384

 
331

 
306

Noninterest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Net gain on loan sales
268

 
316

 
288

Loan fees and charges
82

 
76

 
67

Deposit fees and charges
18

 
22

 
25

Loan administration income
21

 
18

 
26

Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
22

 
(26
)
 
28

Representation and warranty benefit
13

 
19

 
19

Other noninterest income
46

 
62

 
17

Total noninterest income
470

 
487

 
470

Noninterest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
299

 
269

 
237

Commissions
72

 
55

 
39

Occupancy and equipment
103

 
85

 
81

Loan processing expense
57

 
55

 
52

Legal and professional expense
30

 
29

 
36

Other noninterest expense
82

 
67

 
91

Total noninterest expense
643

 
560

 
536

Income before income taxes
211

 
258

 
240

Provision for income taxes
148

 
87

 
82

Net income
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

Net income per share
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.11

 
$
2.71

 
$
2.27

Diluted
$
1.09

 
$
2.66

 
$
2.24

Weighted average shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
57,093,868

 
56,569,307

 
56,426,977

Diluted
58,178,343

 
57,597,667

 
57,164,523


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

68



Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In millions)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Net income
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities
(10
)
 
(13
)
 
(3
)
Derivatives and hedging activities
1

 
4

 
(3
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
(9
)
 
(9
)
 
(6
)
Comprehensive income
$
54

 
$
162

 
$
152


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(In millions, except share data)
 
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Shares Outstanding
Amount of Preferred
Stock
Number of Shares Outstanding
Amount of Common
Stock
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2014
266,657

$
267

56,332,307

$
1

$
1,482

$
8

$
(385
)
$
1,373

Net income






158

158

Total other comprehensive income (loss)


 


(6
)

(6
)
Accretion of preferred stock


150,951


3



3

Stock-based compensation




1



1

Balance at December 31, 2015
266,657

$
267

56,483,258

$
1

$
1,486

$
2

$
(227
)
$
1,529

Net income

$


$

$

$

$
171

$
171

Total other comprehensive income (loss)





(9
)

(9
)
Preferred stock redemption
(266,657
)
(267
)





(267
)
Dividends on preferred stock






(105
)
(105
)
Warrant exercise




6



6

Stock-based compensation


341,544


11



11

Balance at December 31, 2016

$

56,824,802

$
1

$
1,503

$
(7
)
$
(161
)
$
1,336

Net income

$


$

$

$

$
63

$
63

Total other comprehensive income (loss)





(9
)

(9
)
Shares issued from Employee Stock Purchase Plan


48,032






Warrant exercise


154,313


4



4

Stock-based compensation


294,081


5



5

Balance at December 31, 2017

$

57,321,228

$
1

$
1,512

$
(16
)
$
(98
)
$
1,399


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
40

 
32

 
24

Representation and warranty (benefit)
(13
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
Provision (benefit) for loan losses
6

 
(8
)
 
(19
)
Changes in valuation allowance on DTAs

 
2

 
11

Net gain on loan and asset sales
(268
)
 
(314
)
 
(288
)
Proceeds from sales of HFS
9,245

 
16,168

 
18,467

Origination, premium paid and purchase of loans, net of principal repayments
(34,235
)
 
(32,295
)
 
(28,008
)
Change in fair value and other non-cash changes
(280
)
 
(168
)
 
(132
)
Net change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued interest receivable
(11
)
 
(1
)
 
(8
)
Deferred income taxes
150

 
76

 
67

Other assets, excludes purchase of other investments
54

 
(59
)
 
211

Other liabilities
(42
)
 
55

 
(11
)
Net cash (used in) operating activities
$
(25,291
)
 
$
(16,360
)
 
$
(9,547
)
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sale of AFS securities including loans that have been securitized
$
24,646

 
$
17,422

 
$
9,098

Collection of principal on investment securities AFS
218

 
187

 
218

Purchase of investment securities AFS and other
(904
)
 
(680
)
 
(1,148
)
Collection of principal on investment securities HTM
154

 
190

 
85

Purchase of investment securities HTM and other

 
(15
)
 
(217
)
Proceeds received from the sale of LHFI
104

 
229

 
946

Net origination, purchase, and principal repayments of LHFI
(1,760
)
 
(1,054
)
 
(3,106
)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
(50
)
 
(85
)
 
(175
)
Net purchase of FHLB stock
(123
)
 
(10
)
 
(15
)
Acquisition of premises and equipment, net of proceeds
(97
)
 
(52
)
 
(46
)
Proceeds from the sale of MSRs
309

 
69

 
245

Other, net
$
(3
)
 
$

 
$

Net cash provided by investing activities
$
22,494

 
$
16,201

 
$
5,885

Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in deposit accounts
$
134

 
$
866

 
$
866

Net change in short term FHLB borrowings and other short-term debt
2,480

 
(336
)
 
1,902

Proceeds from increases in FHLB long-term advances and other debt
255

 
445

 
1,500

Repayment of long-term FHLB advances
(50
)
 
(425
)
 
(375
)
Repayment of trust preferred securities and long-term debt

 

 
(88
)
Net receipt of payments of loans serviced for others
22

 
(64
)
 
(76
)
Preferred stock dividends

 
(105
)
 

Redemption of preferred stock

 
(267
)
 

Net receipt (disbursement) of escrow payments
3

 
(5
)
 
5

Other
(1
)
 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities
$
2,843

 
$
109

 
$
3,734

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
46

 
(50
)
 
72

Beginning cash and cash equivalents
158

 
208

 
136

Ending cash and cash equivalents
$
204

 
$
158

 
$
208

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings
$
136

 
$
112

 
$
58

Income tax payments
$
5

 
$
7

 
$
6

Non-cash reclassification of investment securities AFS to HTM
$

 
$

 
$
1,112

Non-cash reclassification of LHFI to LHFS
$
131

 
$
1,331

 
$
1,140

Non-cash reclassification of mortgage loans HFS to HFI
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
30

Non-cash reclassification of mortgage LHFS to AFS securities
$
24,345

 
$
17,130

 
$
8,853

Non-cash reclassification of loans with government guarantees to other assets
$

 
$

 
$
373

MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans
$
288

 
$
228

 
$
260

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

70

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements




Note 1 — Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business
        
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., is a savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. The Company's business is primarily conducted through its principal subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"), a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. We are one of the largest banks headquartered in Michigan. When we refer to "Flagstar", "the Company", "we", "our", or "us," we mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve ("Federal Reserve"). The Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the CFPB and the FDIC. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis and its deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accounting and financial reporting policies of us and our subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Additionally, where applicable the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be materially different from these estimates.

Subsequent Events

We have evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through the filing date of this Form 10-K.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from correspondent banks and the FRB, and short-term investments that have a maturity at the date of acquisition of three months or less and are readily convertible to cash.

Investment Securities

We measure securities classified as AFS at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. We recognize realized gains and losses on AFS securities when securities are sold. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Any gains or losses realized upon the sale of a security are reported in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of investment securities is based on observable market prices, when available. If observable market prices are not available, our valuations are based on alternative methods, including: quotes for similar fixed-income securities, matrix pricing, or discounted cash flow methods. The fair values, obtained through an independent third party utilizing a pricing service, are compared to independent pricing sources on a quarterly basis. For further information, see Note 2 - Investment Securities and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Investment securities HTM are carried at amortized cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method. Transfers of investment securities into the HTM category from the AFS category are accounted for at fair value at the date of transfer. Any related unrealized holding gain (loss), net of tax, that was included in the transfer is retained in other comprehensive income (loss) and is amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the securities.

We evaluate AFS and HTM investment securities for OTTI on a quarterly basis. An OTTI is considered to have occurred when the fair value of a debt security is below its amortized costs and we (1) have the intent to sell the security, (2) will more likely than not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, or (3) does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Investments that have an OTTI are written down through a charge to earnings for the amount representing the credit loss on the security. Gains and losses related to all other factors are recognized in other

71

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


comprehensive income (loss). For the years ended December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2017, we did not recognize any OTTI losses.

Investment securities transactions are recorded on the trade date for purchases and sales. Interest earned on investment securities, including the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts are determined using the effective interest method over the period of maturity, recorded in interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For further information, see Note 2 - Investment Securities.

Loans Held-for-Sale

We classify loans as LHFS when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for the majority of our LHFS. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. LHFS that are recorded at lower of cost or fair value may be carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when the fair value is less than cost. For further information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Loans that are transferred into the LHFS portfolio from the LHFI portfolio, due to a change in intent, are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined using the specific identification method.

Loans Held-for-Investment    

We classify loans that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity as LHFI. Loans held-for-investment are reported at their amortized cost, which includes the outstanding principal balance adjusted for any unamortized premiums, discounts, deferred fees and costs. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, are deferred and recognized over the estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the loans’ effective yield, which is included in interest income on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Loans originally classified as LHFS, for which we have elected the fair value option, and subsequently transferred to LHFI continue to be measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. Changes in fair value are recorded to other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of these loans is determined using the same methods described above for LHFS. For further information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

When loans originally classified as LHFS or as LHFI are reclassified due to a change in intent or ability to hold, cash flows associated with the loans are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as operating or investing, as appropriate, in accordance with the initial classification of the loans.

Past Due and Impaired Loans

Loans are considered to be past due when any payment of principal or interest is 30 days past the scheduled payment date. While it is the goal of management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the bank.

We cease the accrual of interest on all classes of consumer and commercial loans upon the earlier of, becoming 90 days past due, or when doubt exists as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest (classified as nonaccrual or nonperforming loans). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed and the loan may only return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible.
 
Loans are considered impaired if it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement or when any portion of principal or interest is 90 days past due. This classification includes both performing and nonperforming modified loans. For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.


72

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


When a loan is considered impaired, the accrual of interest income is discontinued until the receipt of principal and interest is no longer in doubt. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans using a cost recovery method unless amounts contractually due are not in doubt. Cash received on impaired loans are applied entirely against principal until the loan has been collected in full, after which time any additional cash receipts are recognized as interest income.

Loan Modifications (Troubled Debt Restructurings)

We may modify certain loans in both our consumer and commercial loan portfolios to retain customers or to maximize collection of the outstanding loan balance. We have programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or reducing the borrower's contractual payments. All loan modifications are made on a case-by-case basis. Our standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral valuations. TDRs result in those instances in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulty and for which a concession has been granted, which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loans are classified as nonperforming TDRs if the loan was nonperforming prior to the restructuring, or based upon the results of a contemporaneous credit evaluation. Such loans will continue on nonaccrual status until the borrower has established a willingness and ability to make the restructured payments for at least six months, after which they will be classified as performing TDRs and begin to accrue interest. Performing and nonperforming TDRs remain impaired as interest and principal will not be received in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, but may give rise to potential incremental losses. We measure impairments using a discounted cash flow method for performing TDRs and measure impairment based on collateral values for nonperforming TDRs.
    
Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable losses in our LHFI portfolio, excluding loans carried under the fair value option. We establish an allowance when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has occurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The allowance provides for probable losses that have been identified with specific customer relationships (individually evaluated) and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified (collectively evaluated). Management assigns qualitative factors to each loan portfolio segment based on consideration of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in credit quality statistics, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, changes in concentrations of credit, and other internal or external factor changes.

A specific allowance is established on impaired loans when it is probable all amounts due will not be collected pursuant to the original contractual terms of the loan and the recorded investment in the loan exceeds its fair value. The required allowance is measured using either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral less estimated disposal costs if the loan is collateral dependent.

A general allowance is established for losses inherent on non-impaired loans by segmenting the portfolio based upon common risk characteristics. The general loss is then determined by using a historical loss model which utilizes our loss history by specific product, or if the product is not sufficiently seasoned, per readily available industry peer loss data. The loss model utilizes a loss emergence period that represents the average amount of time between when the loss event first occurs and when the specific loan is charged-off. In addition to the loss history or peer data, we also include a qualitative adjustment that considers economic risks, industry and geographic concentrations and other factors not adequately captured in our methodology.
    
Consumer loans secured by real estate are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral when a loss is confirmed or at 180 days past due, whichever is sooner. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and the asset is the sole source of repayment. For consumer loans not secured by real estate, the charge-off is taken upon the earlier of the confirmation of a loss or 120 days past due.

Commercial loans are evaluated on a loan level basis and either charged-off or written down to net realizable value if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued

73

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and that asset is the sole source of repayment.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Our recognition of gain or loss on the sale of loans for which we surrender control is accounted for as a sale to the extent that 1) the transferred assets are legally isolated from us or our consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, 2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets with no conditions that constrain the transferee and provide more than a trivial benefit to the Company, and 3) we do not maintain the obligation or unilateral ability to reclaim or repurchase the assets. If the sale criteria are met, the transferred financial assets are removed from the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and a gain or loss on sale is recognized.

Variable Interest Entities

An entity that has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity ("VIE") is referred to as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. An entity is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For further information, see Note 7 - Variable Interest Entities.

Repossessed Assets

Repossessed assets include one-to-four family residential property, commercial property and one-to-four family homes under construction that were acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Repossessed assets are initially recorded in other assets at the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Losses arising from the initial acquisition of such properties are charged against the ALLL at the time of transfer. Subsequent valuation adjustments to reflect fair value, as well as gains and losses on disposal of these properties, are charged to other noninterest expense within noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as incurred. For further information, see Note 6 - Repossessed Assets and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Loans with Government Guarantees

We originate government guaranteed loans which are pooled and sold as Ginnie Mae MBS. Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, we have the unilateral right to repurchase loans 90 days or more past due securitized in Ginnie Mae pools. As a result, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, we account for the loans as if they had been repurchased. We recognize the loans and corresponding liability as loans with government guarantees and other liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. If the loan is repurchased, the liability is cash settled and the loan with government guarantee remains. Once repurchased, we may collect losses through a claims process with the government agency, as an approved lender.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

We own stock in the FHLB of Indianapolis as required to permit us to obtain membership in and to borrow from the FHLB. No market quotes exist for the stock. The stock is redeemable at par and is carried at cost.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Land is carried at historical cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets which generally ranges from three to thirty years. Capitalized software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life, which generally ranges from three to seven years. Software expenditures, repair and maintenance costs that are considered general, administrative, or of a maintenance nature are expensed as incurred.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

We purchase and originate mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and sell the loans on either a servicing-retained or servicing-released basis. If we retain the right to service the loan, an MSR is created at the time of sale which is recorded at fair value. We use an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread and other assumptions to

74

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


determine the fair value of MSRs which include anticipated prepayment speeds (also known as the constant prepayment rate), product type (i.e., conventional, government, balloon), fixed or adjustable rate of interest, interest rate, term (i.e., 15 or 30 years), servicing costs per loan, discount rate and estimate of ancillary income such as late fees and prepayment fees.
Management obtains third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation services to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by our internal valuation model. Changes in the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in net return on mortgage servicing. For further information, see Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

We periodically enter into agreements to sell certain of our MSRs, which qualify as sales transactions. A transfer of servicing rights related to loans previously sold qualifies as a sale at the date on which title passes, if substantially all risks and rewards of ownership have irrevocably passed to the transferee and any protection provisions retained by the transferor are minor and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, if a sale is recognized and only minor protection provisions exist, a liability is accrued for the estimated obligation associated with those provisions.

Servicing Fee Income

Servicing fee income, late fees and ancillary fees received on loans for which we own the MSR, are included in the net return on mortgage servicing asset line of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned. Subservicing fees, which are included in loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations are based on a contractual monthly amount per loan including late fees and other ancillary income.

Derivatives

We utilize derivative instruments to manage the fair value changes in our MSRs, interest rate lock commitments and LHFS portfolio which are exposed to price and interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management, minimize the variability of future cash flows on long-term debt, and to meet the needs of our customers. All derivatives are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as other assets and liabilities, as applicable, at their estimated fair value. For those derivatives designated as qualified cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivatives, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, and reclassified into earnings concurrently with the earnings of the hedged item. For derivative instruments designated as qualified fair value hedges, which are used to hedge the exposure of fair value changes of an asset or liability attributable to a particular risk, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in fair values. For all other derivatives, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized immediately in earnings. A majority of these derivatives are subject to master netting agreements and cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House, which mitigates non-performance risk with counterparties and enables us to settle activity on a net basis.

We use interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, and forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest rates and interest rate volatility on the fair value of the MSRs. These derivatives are not designated as qualifying hedges. Accordingly, changes in their fair value are reflected in current period earnings under the net return on mortgage servicing asset. These derivatives are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable.

We also enter into various derivative agreements with customers and correspondents in the form of interest-rate lock commitments and forward purchase contracts which are commitments to originate or purchase mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. The derivatives are valued using internal models that utilize market interest rates and other unobservable inputs. Changes in the fair value of these commitments due to fluctuations in interest rates that are to be originated to our LHFS portfolio are economically hedged through the use of forward loan sale commitments of MBS. The gains and losses arising from this derivative activity are reflected in current period earnings under the net gain on loan sales. Interest rate lock commitments are valued using internal models with significant unobservable market parameters. Forward loan sale commitments are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable.

At certain times we may also enter into various derivative agreements with correspondents in the form of forward purchase contracts at the time the correspondent customer enters into an interest-rate lock commitment. The derivatives are valued using internal models that utilize market interest rates and other unobservable inputs.


75

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


We utilize interest rate swaps to hedge the forecasted cash flows from our underlying variable-rate FHLB advances and forecasted FHLB advances in qualifying cash flow hedge accounting relationships. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and reclassified into interest expense concurrently with the interest expense on the debt. Interest rate swaps are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable. These hedges are evaluated for effectiveness using regression analysis at the time they are designated and throughout the hedge period. For forecasted FHLB advances being hedged, we evaluate the likelihood of the transaction occurring based on the current facts and circumstances each reporting period to ensure the hedge relationship still qualifies for hedge accounting. If we de-designate a hedge relationship or determine that an interest rate swap no longer qualifies for hedge accounting changes in fair value are no longer recorded in other comprehensive income. If the hedged item remains probable to occur, the effective amounts previously recorded in other comprehensive income are recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item as an adjustment to yield.

We also utilize interest rate swaps to manage fair value changes of our fixed-rate FHLB advances in a qualifying fair value hedge accounting relationship. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in current period earnings. The corresponding adjustment is recorded as a basis adjustment to the hedged item and hedging instrument. Interest rate swaps are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable. These hedges are evaluated for effectiveness using regression analysis at the time they are designated and throughout the hedge period. If the Company determines an interest rate swap no longer qualifies for fair value hedge accounting or is de-designated, the hedged item will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value and the amounts previously recorded as a basis adjustment are recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item as an adjustment to yield.

If a previously hedged item is extinguished or sold, the remaining unamortized balance in other comprehensive income balance for prior cash flow hedges and the remaining basis adjustment of the hedged item for prior fair value hedges will be reclassified to current period earnings.

To assist our customers in meeting their needs to manage interest rate risk, we enter into interest rate swap derivative contracts. To economically hedge this risk, we enter into offsetting derivative contracts to effectively eliminate the interest rate risk associated with these contracts.
    
For additional information regarding the accounting for derivatives, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments and for additional information on recurring fair value disclosures, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Income Taxes

We evaluate two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense represents our estimated taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. DTAs and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on DTAs and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate our DTAs to determine if, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that they will be realized. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred taxes will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance. For further information, see Note 19 - Income Taxes.

Representation and Warranty Reserve

When we sell mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. For eligible loans sold to the Agencies after December 31, 2014, these representations and warranties generally expire after 36 months. Typically, all other representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan, pay a fee or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, the Company has no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. Upon the sale of a loan, the Company recognizes a liability for that guarantee at its fair value as a reduction of our net gain on loan sales. Subsequent to the sale, the liability is re-measured on an ongoing basis based upon an estimate of probable future losses. In each case, these estimates are based on our most recent data including loss severity on repurchased and indemnified loans, repurchase requests and other

76

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


factors. Changes to our previous estimates are recorded in the representation and warranty (provision) benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period they are incurred and are included as part of other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Advertising expenses totaled $16 million, $11 million, and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

All share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units, are classified as equity with expenses being recognized in compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations based on their fair values. The amount of compensation is measured at the grant date and is expensed over the requisite service period, which is normally the vesting period, and for the year ended December 31, 2017, any forfeitures were recognized as they occurred. In addition to share-based payments to employees, the discount provided to employees through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is also recognized as stock-based compensation. For further information, see Note 18 - Stock-Based Compensation.

Department of Justice Litigation Settlement

The executed settlement agreement with the DOJ representing the obligation to make future additional payments establishes a legally enforceable contract with a stipulated payment plan that meets the definition of a financial liability. We have elected the fair value option to account for this financial liability included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information on the valuation of the DOJ litigation settlement, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

We adopted the following accounting standard updates (ASU) during 2017, none of which had a material impact to our financial statements:
Standard
 
Description
 
Effective Date
ASU 2016-17
 
Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held Through Related Parties That are Under Common Control
 
January 1, 2017
ASU 2016-09
 
Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting
 
January 1, 2017
ASU 2016-07
 
Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting
 
January 1, 2017
ASU 2016-06
 
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments
 
January 1, 2017
ASU 2016-05
 
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Relationships
 
January 1, 2017

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted

The following ASUs have been issued and are expected to result in a significant change to our significant accounting policies and/or have a significant financial impact:
    
Derivatives and Hedging - In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments were designed to more closely align hedge accounting requirements with users’ risk management strategies. ASU 2017-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted this ASU during the first quarter of 2018. The guidance provides a broader range of hedge accounting opportunities and simplifies documentation requirements for our existing cash flow hedge relationships. In conjunction with adoption of this ASU, the Company elected to transfer $144 million of investment securities from HTM to AFS during the first quarter of 2018, as permitted by the standard.

Credit Losses - In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326). The ASU alters the current method for recognizing credit losses. Currently, an institution uses the incurred loss method, whereas the new guidance requires financial assets to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected (i.e., net of expected credit

77

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


losses). The measurement of expected credit losses should be based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We have established an internal steering committee to lead the implementation efforts. The steering committee is in the process of evaluating control and process framework, data, model, and resource requirements and areas where modifications will be required. We are currently evaluating the impact adoption of the guidance will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements, and highlight that any impact will be contingent upon the underlying characteristics of the affected portfolio and macroeconomic and internal forecasts at adoption date.

Leases - In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842): Section A - Leases: Amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Section B - Conforming Amendments Related to Leases: Amendment to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Section C - Background Information and Basis For Conclusions. Lessees will need to recognize substantially all leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. For income statement purposes, the FASB retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting. ASU 2016-02 is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The guidance in ASU 2016-02 supersedes Topic 840, Leases. Upon adoption and implementation, we expect to gross up assets and liabilities due to the recognition of lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with the underlying lease contracts. While we do not expect the adoption of the guidance to have a material impact on our Consolidated Statements of Operations given our current inventory of leases, review is ongoing and we will continue to evaluate the impact to the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and to capital.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)." Under the amended guidance, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB continued to release new accounting guidance related to the adoption of this standard which was also evaluated during the implementation process. We will implement the revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 utilizing the cumulative-effect approach at the date of adoption with no restatement of comparative periods presented. Lease contracts and financial instruments, which include loans and securities, are excluded from the scope of this standard. We have determined the amount of in scope revenue, which primarily relates to deposit account fees, asset management fees and certain commissions, to be less than 3 percent of total revenue. The recognition of revenue for in scope items is not anticipated to have a material impact on the financial statements or the associated disclosures.


78

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following ASUs have been issued and are not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements and/or significant accounting policies:
Standard
 
Description
 
Effective Date
ASU 2018-02
 
Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220); Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
January 1, 2019
ASU 2017-11
 
Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope.
 
January 1, 2019
ASU 2017-10
 
Service Concession Arrangements (Topic 853): Determining the Customer of the Operation Services (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2017-09
 
Update 2017-09—Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2017-08
 
Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities
 
January 1, 2019
ASU 2017-07
 
Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2017-06
 
Plan Accounting - Defined Benefit Pension Plans (Topic 960), Defined Contribution Pension Plans (Topic 962), Health and Welfare Benefit Plans (Topic 965): Employee Benefit Plan Master Trust Reporting
 
January 1, 2019
ASU 2017-05
 
Other Income - Gains and Losses from the De-recognition of Non-financial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset De-recognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Non-financial Assets
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2017-04
 
Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment
 
January 1, 2020
ASU 2017-01
 
Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2016-18
 
Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2016-16
 
Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2016-15
 
Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2016-04
 
Liabilities - Extinguishment of Liabilities (Subtopic 504-20): Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value Products
 
January 1, 2018
ASU 2016-01
 
Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
 
January 1, 2018

Note 2 — Investment Securities

The following table presents our investment securities:
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
1,004

 
$

 
$
(17
)
 
$
987

Agency - Residential
811

 

 
(17
)
 
794

Municipal obligations
35

 

 
(1
)
 
34

Corporate debt obligations
37

 
1

 

 
38

Total available-for-sale securities (1)
$
1,887

 
$
1

 
$
(35
)
 
$
1,853

Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
526

 
$

 
$
(9
)
 
$
517

Agency - Residential
413

 

 
(6
)
 
407

Total held-to-maturity securities (1)
$
939

 
$

 
$
(15
)
 
$
924

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
551

 
$
2

 
$
(5
)
 
$
548

Agency - Residential
913

 
1

 
(16
)
 
898

Municipal obligations
34

 

 

 
34

Total available-for-sale securities (1)
$
1,498

 
$
3

 
$
(21
)
 
$
1,480

Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
595

 
$

 
$
(6
)
 
$
589

Agency - Residential
498

 
1

 
(4
)
 
495

Total held-to-maturity securities (1)
$
1,093

 
$
1

 
$
(10
)
 
$
1,084

(1)
There were no securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10 percent of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016.

79

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



Management evaluates our securities portfolio each quarter to determine if any security is considered to be other than temporarily impaired. In making this evaluation, management considers our ability and intent to hold securities to recover current market losses. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had no OTTI.
    
Available-for-sale securities

We purchased $904 million of AFS securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS, corporate debt obligations, and municipal obligations, during the year ended December 31, 2017. We purchased $680 million of AFS securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS and municipal obligations during the year ended December 31, 2016.
    
During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold $289 million of U.S. government sponsored agency securities, which resulted in a gain of $3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold $291 million of U.S. government sponsored agency securities, which resulted in a gain of $4 million, compared to $170 million of U.S. government sponsored agencies, which resulted in a gain of $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Held-to-maturity securities

There were no purchases of HTM securities during the year ended December 31, 2017. We purchased $15 million of HTM securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS during the year ended December 31, 2016. We purchased $217 million of HTM securities, which included agency-collateralized mortgage obligations during the year ended December 31, 2015. We had no sales of HTM securities during the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

    

80

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following table summarizes, by duration, the unrealized loss positions on investment securities:
 
Unrealized Loss Position with Duration
12 Months and Over
 
Unrealized Loss Position with Duration
Under 12 Months
 
Fair
Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
218

 
20

 
$
(7
)
 
$
744

 
41

 
$
(11
)
Agency - Residential
452

 
36

 
(14
)
 
263

 
33

 
(3
)
Municipal obligations
6

 
3

 

 
22

 
9

 

Corporate debt obligations

 

 

 
3

 
1

 

Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
348

 
25

 
$
(8
)
 
$
99

 
8

 
$
(1
)
Agency - Residential
111

 
16

 
(3
)
 
293

 
43

 
(3
)
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$
6

 
1

 
$

 
$
345

 
29

 
$
(5
)
Agency - Residential

 

 

 
748

 
55

 
(16
)
Municipal obligations

 

 

 
17

 
8

 

Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$

 

 
$

 
$
528

 
34

 
$
(6
)
Agency - Residential

 

 

 
385

 
43

 
(4
)
    
The following shows the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity:
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted-Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted-Average
Yield
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
Due after one year through five years
10

 
10

 
2.58
%
 
35

 
35

 
2.48
%
Due after five years through 10 years
45

 
46

 
4.85
%
 
26

 
26

 
2.52
%
Due after 10 years
1,832

 
1,797

 
2.40
%
 
878

 
863

 
2.44
%
Total
$
1,887

 
$
1,853

 
 
 
$
939

 
$
924

 
 
    
We pledge investment securities, primarily municipal taxable and agency collateralized mortgage obligations, to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings. We had pledged investment securities of $2.0 billion, $879 million, and $14 million at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Note 3 — Loans Held-for-Sale

The majority of our mortgage loans originated as LHFS are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by securitizing the loans into agency, government, or private label mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, LHFS totaled $4.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had net gains on loan sales associated with LHFS of $267 million, $301 million, and $288 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $21 million and $32 million, respectively, of LHFS were recorded at lower of cost or fair value. The remainder of the loans in the portfolio are recorded at fair value as we have elected the fair value option.


81

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 4 — Loans Held-for-Investment

The following table presents our Loans-held-for-investment:
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,754

 
$
2,327

Home Equity
664

 
443

Other
25

 
28

Total consumer loans
3,443

 
2,798

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
1,932

 
1,261

Commercial and industrial
1,196

 
769

Warehouse lending
1,142

 
1,237

Total commercial loans
4,270

 
3,267

Total loans held-for-investment
$
7,713

 
$
6,065

(1)
Includes NBV of $307 million and $244 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we sold performing and nonperforming consumer loans, with UPB of $127 million, of which $25 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a gain on sale of $2 million which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
    
During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold performing residential first mortgage loans with UPB of $1.2 billion. Upon a change of our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a net gain of $14 million which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans with a UPB of $110 million. Upon a change of our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a loss of $2 million which is recorded in net gain on sale of assets on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold performing and nonperforming residential first mortgage loans with UPB totaling $1.0 billion, of which $436 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a gain on sale of $1 million, which is recorded in net gain on sale of assets on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we purchased residential first mortgage loans with UPB of $8 million and HELOC loans with a UPB of $250 million. A premium of $9 million was associated with these loan purchases. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we purchased jumbo residential first mortgage loans with a UPB of $175 million and a premium of $1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we purchased $197 million of HELOC loans with a premium of $7 million. None of the loans were impaired.

We have pledged certain LHFI, LHFS, and loans with government guarantees to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the FRB of Chicago and the FHLB of Indianapolis. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we pledged $7.1 billion and $5.3 billion, respectively.

    

82

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following table presents changes in ALLL, by class of loan:
 
Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
 
Home Equity
 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Commercial
and
Industrial
 
Warehouse
Lending
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance ALLL
$
65

 
$
24

 
$
1

 
$
28

 
$
17

 
$
7

 
$
142

Charge-offs (2)
(8
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 

 

 
(14
)
Recoveries
1

 
2

 
1

 
1

 
1

 

 
6

Provision (benefit)
(11
)
 
(1
)
 
1

 
17

 
1

 
(1
)
 
6

Ending balance ALLL
$
47

 
$
22

 
$
1

 
$
45

 
$
19

 
$
6

 
$
140

Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance ALLL
$
116

 
$
32

 
$
2

 
$
18

 
$
13

 
$
6

 
$
187

Charge-offs (2)
(29
)
 
(4
)
 
(3
)
 

 

 

 
(36
)
Recoveries
2

 

 
3

 
1

 

 

 
6

Provision (benefit) (3)
(24
)
 
(4
)
 
(1
)
 
9

 
4

 
1

 
(15
)
Ending balance ALLL
$
65

 
$
24

 
$
1

 
$
28

 
$
17

 
$
7

 
$
142

Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance ALLL
$
234

 
$
31

 
$
1

 
$
17

 
$
11

 
$
3

 
$
297

Charge-offs
(87
)
 
(7
)
 
(4
)
 

 
(3
)
 

 
(101
)
Recoveries
3

 
2

 
3

 
2

 

 

 
10

Provision (benefit)
(34
)
 
6

 
2

 
(1
)
 
5

 
3

 
(19
)
Ending balance ALLL
$
116

 
$
32

 
$
2

 
$
18

 
$
13

 
$
6

 
$
187

(1)
Includes allowance and charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees.
(2)
Includes charge-offs of $1 million, $8 million and $69 million related to the transfer and subsequent sale of loans during the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Also includes charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees of $4 million, $14 million, and $3 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(3)
Does not include $7 million for provision expense for loan losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with government guarantees at December 31, 2016.

The following table sets forth the method of evaluation, by class of loan:
 
Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
 
Home Equity
 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Commercial
and
Industrial
 
Warehouse
Lending
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
34

 
$
27

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
61

Collectively evaluated
2,712

 
633

 
25

 
1,932

 
1,196

 
1,142

 
$
7,640

Total loans
$
2,746

 
$
660

 
$
25

 
$
1,932

 
$
1,196

 
$
1,142

 
$
7,701

Allowance for loan losses (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
6

 
$
10

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
16

Collectively evaluated
41

 
12

 
1

 
45

 
19

 
6

 
124

Total allowance for loan losses
$
47

 
$
22

 
$
1

 
$
45

 
$
19

 
$
6

 
$
140

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
46

 
$
29

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
75

Collectively evaluated
2,274

 
349

 
28

 
1,261

 
769

 
1,237

 
$
5,918

Total loans
$
2,320

 
$
378

 
$
28

 
$
1,261

 
$
769

 
$
1,237

 
$
5,993

Allowance for loan losses (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated
$
5

 
$
8

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
13

Collectively evaluated
60

 
16

 
1

 
28

 
17

 
7

 
$
129

Total allowance for loan losses
$
65

 
$
24

 
$
1

 
$
28

 
$
17

 
$
7

 
$
142

(1)
Includes allowance related to loans with government guarantees.
(2)
Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.


83

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following table sets forth the LHFI aging analysis of past due and current loans (for further information on our policy past due and impaired loans, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies):
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days or
Greater Past
Due (1)
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total LHFI
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
23

 
$
27

 
$
2,727

 
$
2,754

Home equity
1

 

 
6

 
7

 
657

 
664

Other

 

 

 

 
25

 
25

Total consumer loans
3

 
2

 
29

 
34

 
3,409

 
3,443

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 
1,932

 
1,932

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
1,196

 
1,196

Warehouse lending

 

 

 

 
1,142

 
1,142

Total commercial loans

 

 

 

 
4,270

 
4,270

Total loans (2)
$
3

 
$
2

 
$
29

 
$
34

 
$
7,679

 
$
7,713

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
6

 
$

 
$
29

 
$
35

 
$
2,292

 
$
2,327

Home equity
1

 
2

 
11

 
14

 
429

 
443

Other
1

 

 

 
1

 
27

 
28

Total consumer loans
8

 
2

 
40

 
50

 
2,748

 
2,798

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 
1,261

 
1,261

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
769

 
769

Warehouse lending

 

 

 

 
1,237

 
1,237

Total commercial loans

 

 

 

 
3,267

 
3,267

Total loans (2)
$
8

 
$
2

 
$
40

 
$
50

 
$
6,015

 
$
6,065

(1)
Includes less than 90 days past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.
(2)
Includes $4 million and $13 million of loans 90 days or greater past due accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
         
Interest that would have been accrued on impaired loans totaled approximately $1 million, $2 million and $6 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had no loans 90 days or greater past due and still accruing interest.


84

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table provides a summary of TDRs by type and performing status:
 
TDRs
 
Performing
 
Nonperforming
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
19

 
$
12

 
$
31

Home equity
24

 
4

 
28

Total TDRs (2)
$
43

 
$
16

 
$
59

December 31, 2016
 
Consumer loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
22

 
$
11

 
$
33

Home equity
45

 
7

 
52

Total TDRs (2)
$
67

 
$
18

 
$
85

(1)
The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $13 million and $9 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)
Includes $3 million and $25 million of TDR loans accounted for under the fair value option at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The following table provides a summary of newly modified TDRs:
 
New TDRs
 
Number of
Accounts
 
Pre-Modification Unpaid
Principal Balance
 
Post-Modification Unpaid
Principal Balance (1)
 
Increase (Decrease) in Allowance at Modification
 
(Dollars in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgages
16

 
$
4

 
$
4

 
$

Home equity (2)(3)
82

 
6

 
5

 
(1
)
Total TDR loans
98

 
$
10

 
$
9

 
$
(1
)
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgages
23

 
$
4

 
$
5

 
$

Home equity (2)(3)
143

 
9

 
8

 

Commercial & Industrial
1

 
2

 
1

 

Total TDR loans
167

 
$
15

 
$
14

 
$

Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgages
325

 
$
81

 
$
80

 
$
(2
)
Home equity (2)(3)
370

 
21

 
18

 

Other consumer
3

 

 

 

Total TDR loans
698

 
$
102

 
$
98

 
$
(2
)
(1)
Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.
(2)
Home equity post-modification UPB reflects write downs.
(3)
Includes loans carried at fair value option.

The following table provides a summary of newly modified TDRs in the past 12 months that have been subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The UPB associated with the TDRs in each portfolio and in the aggregate was less than $1 million for all years presented. There was no increase or decrease in the allowance associated with these TDRs at subsequent default. All TDRs within consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered subsequently defaulted when greater than 90 days past due. Subsequent default is defined as a payment re-defaulted within 12 months of the restructuring date:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Number of Accounts
Residential first mortgages
1

 
1

 
3

Home equity (1)
0

 
7

 
5

Total TDR loans
1

 
8

 
8

 
(1)
HELOC post-modification UPB reflects write downs.

85

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



Impaired Loans

The following table presents individually evaluated impaired loans and the associated allowance:  
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Net Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Net Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
(Dollars in millions)
With no related allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
11

 
$
12

 
$

 
$
6

 
$
6

 
$

Total loans with no related allowance recorded
$
11

 
$
12

 
$

 
$
6

 
$
6

 
$

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
22

 
$
22

 
$
6

 
$
40

 
$
40

 
$
5

Home equity
24

 
27

 
10

 
29

 
29

 
8

Total loans with an allowance recorded
$
46

 
$
49

 
$
16

 
$
69

 
$
69

 
$
13

Total impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
33

 
$
34

 
$
6

 
$
46

 
$
46

 
$
5

Home equity
24

 
27

 
10

 
29

 
29

 
8

Total impaired loans
$
57

 
$
61

 
$
16

 
$
75

 
$
75

 
$
13

        
The following table presents average impaired loans and the interest income recognized:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
38

 
$
1

 
$
52

 
$
1

 
$
150

 
$
5

Home equity
28

 
1

 
30

 
2

 
39

 

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 

 
2

 

 
2

 

Total impaired loans
$
66

 
$
2

 
$
84

 
$
3

 
$
191

 
$
5


Credit Quality

We utilize an internal risk rating system which is applied to all consumer and commercial loans. Descriptions of our internal risk ratings as they relate to credit quality follow the ratings used by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as listed below.

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.

Watch. Watch assets are defined as pass rated assets that exhibit elevated risk characteristics or other factors that deserve management’s close attention and increased monitoring. However, the asset does not exhibit a potential or well-defined weakness that would warrant a downgrade to criticized or adverse classification.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future. Special mention assets are criticized, but do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.


86

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the full collection or liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For home equity loans and other consumer loans, we evaluate credit quality based on the aging and status of payment activity and any other known credit characteristics that call into question full repayment of the asset. Nonperforming loans are classified as either substandard, doubtful or loss.

Doubtful. An asset classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. A doubtful asset has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as loss is deferred. Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Pending events can include mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, capital injections, the perfection of liens on additional collateral, the valuation of collateral, and refinancing. Generally, pending events should be resolved within a relatively short period and the ratings will be adjusted based on the new information. Due to the high probability of loss, doubtful assets are placed on non-accrual.

Loss. An asset classified as loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that the continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but, rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Consumer Loans

Consumer loans consist of open and closed end loans extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures, and includes consumer loans, and loans to individuals secured by their personal residence, including first mortgage, home equity, and home improvement loans. Because consumer loans are usually relatively small-balance, homogeneous exposures, consumer loans are rated primarily on payment performance. Payment performance is a proxy for the strength of repayment capacity and loans are generally classified based on their payment status rather than by an individual review of each loan.
In accordance with regulatory guidance, we assign risk ratings to consumer loans in the following manner:
Consumer loans are classified as Watch once the loan becomes 60 days past due.
Open and closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due are classified Substandard.

Commercial Loans

Management conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings assigned. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, management experience, business stability, financing structure, and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral and corresponding LTV. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings results in the final rating for the borrowing relationship.


87

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 
December 31, 2017
 
Pass
 
Watch
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Total Loans
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential First Mortgage
$
2,706

 
$
23

 
$

 
$
25

 
$
2,754

Home equity
633

 
25

 

 
6

 
664

Other Consumer
25

 

 

 

 
25

Total Consumer Loans
$
3,364

 
$
48

 
$

 
$
31

 
$
3,443

 
 
 
 
Commercial Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Real Estate
$
1,902

 
$
23

 
$
7

 
$

 
$
1,932

Commercial and Industrial
1,135

 
32

 
24

 
5

 
1,196

Warehouse
1,014

 
128

 

 

 
1,142

Total Commercial Loans
$
4,051

 
$
183

 
$
31

 
$
5

 
$
4,270

 
December 31, 2016
 
Pass
 
Watch
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Total Loans
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential First Mortgage
$
2,273

 
$
23

 
$

 
$
31

 
$
2,327

Home equity
386

 
46

 

 
11

 
443

Other Consumer
28

 

 

 

 
28

Total Consumer Loans
$
2,687

 
$
69

 
$

 
$
42

 
$
2,798

 
 
 
 
Commercial Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Real Estate
$
1,225

 
$
27

 
$
3

 
$
6

 
$
1,261

Commercial and Industrial
678

 
59

 
21

 
11

 
769

Warehouse
1,168

 
16

 
53

 

 
1,237

Total Commercial Loans
$
3,071

 
$
102

 
$
77

 
$
17

 
$
3,267


Note 5 — Loans with Government Guarantees

Substantially all loans with government guarantees are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. FHA loans earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent, which is not paid by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs until claimed. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which exposes us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, loans with government guarantees totaled $271 million and $365 million.
    
At December 31, 2017, repossessed assets and the associated claims recorded in other assets totaled $84 million and at December 31, 2016 repossessed assets and the associated claims were $135 million.


88

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 6 — Repossessed Assets

Repossessed assets include the following:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
One-to-four family properties
$
5

 
$
11

Commercial properties
3

 
3

Total repossessed assets
$
8

 
$
14

    
The following schedule provides the activity for repossessed assets:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance
$
14

 
$
17

 
$
19

Additions, net
18

 
19

 
29

Disposals
(14
)
 
(19
)
 
(24
)
Net (write down) gain on disposal
(9
)
 
(2
)
 

Transfers out
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(7
)
Ending balance
$
8

 
$
14

 
$
17


Note 7 — Variable Interest Entities

We have no consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

We have a continuing involvement, but are not the primary beneficiary for one unconsolidated VIE related to the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust. In accordance with the settlement agreement with MBIA, there is no further recourse to us related to FSTAR 2007-1, unless MBIA fails to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust included 1,911 loans and 2,453 loans, respectively, with an aggregate principal balance of $65 million and $89 million, respectively. We have no other significant VIE involvement.

Note 8 — Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Our investment in FHLB stock was $303 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $180 million at December 31, 2016. As a member of the FHLB, we are required to hold shares of FHLB stock in an amount equal to at least one percent of the aggregate UPB of our mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each year or 4.5 percent of our total FHLB advances, whichever is greater. Once purchased, FHLB shares must be held for five years before they can be redeemed. We had $123 million, $10 million and $57 million in required stock purchases during the year ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We had no redemptions of FHLB stock during the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016 and $42 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. Dividends received on the stock equaled $9 million, $7 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These dividends were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other noninterest income.


89

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 9 — Premises and Equipment

The following presents our premises and equipment balances and estimated useful lives:
 
Estimated
Useful Lives
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Land
 
$
61

 
$
59

Office buildings and improvements
15 — 31.5 years
 
159

 
153

Computer hardware and software
3 — 7 years
 
300

 
256

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
5 — 7 years
 
63

 
61

Leased equipment
3 — 10 years
 
40

 
4

Total
 
 
623

 
533

Less accumulated depreciation
 
 
(293
)
 
(258
)
Premises and equipment, net
 
 
$
330

 
$
275


Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $39 million, $31 million and $26 million, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Operating Leases

We conduct a portion of our business from leased facilities. Such leases are considered to be operating leases based on their terms. Lease rental expense totaled approximately $9 million, $5 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
    
The following outlines our minimum contractual lease obligations:
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2018
 
$
8

2019
 
7

2020
 
5

2021
 
3

2022
 
1

Thereafter
 
2

Total
 
$
26


Note 10 — Mortgage Servicing Rights

We have investments in MSRs that result from the sale of loans to the secondary market for which we retain the servicing. We account for MSRs at their fair value. A primary risk associated with MSRs is the potential reduction in fair value as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest rates or government intervention. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the extent that prepayments are slower than anticipated. We utilize derivatives as economic hedges to offset changes in the fair value of the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest rate environments. There is also a risk of valuation decline due to higher than expected increases in default rates, which we do not believe can be effectively managed using derivatives. For further information regarding the derivative instruments utilized to manage our MSR risks, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

    

90

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Changes in the fair value of residential first mortgage MSRs were as follows:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period
$
335

 
$
296

 
$
258

Additions from loans sold with servicing retained
288

 
228

 
260

Reductions from sales
(310
)
 
(84
)
 
(176
)
Changes in fair value due to (1):
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in MSR value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, and run-off
(22
)
 
(62
)
 
(43
)
Changes in estimates of fair value (2)

 
(43
)
 
(3
)
Fair value of MSRs at end of period
$
291

 
$
335

 
$
296

(1)
Changes in fair value are included within net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2)
Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes.
    
The following table summarizes the hypothetical effect on the fair value of servicing rights using adverse changes of 10 percent and 20 percent to the weighted-average of certain significant assumptions used in valuing these assets:
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Fair value impact due to
 
 
 
Fair value impact due to
 
Actual
 
10% adverse change
 
20% adverse change
 
Actual
 
10% adverse change
 
20% adverse change
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread
6.29
%
 
$
286

 
$
282

 
7.78
%
 
$
326

 
$
318

Constant prepayment rate
9.93
%
 
283

 
277

 
16.68
%
 
322

 
311

Weighted average cost to service per loan
$
73.00

 
288

 
286

 
$
68.18

 
330

 
326


The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. To isolate the effect of the specified change, the fair value shock analysis is consistent with the identified adverse change, while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, a change in one assumption generally impacts other assumptions, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change.

For further information, see Note 1 - Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards and Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

Contractual servicing and subservicing fees. Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and other ancillary income are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Contractual subservicing fees including late fees and other ancillary income are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Subservicing fee income is recorded for fees earned, net of third party subservicing costs, for loans subserviced.

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with contractual servicing rights:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$
60

 
$
81

 
$
69

Changes in fair value (2)
(22
)
 
(109
)
 
(44
)
Gain (loss) on MSR derivatives (3)
(8
)
 

 
5

Net transaction costs
(8
)
 
2

 
(2
)
Total (loss) return included in net return on mortgage servicing rights
$
22

 
$
(26
)
 
$
28

(1)
Servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2)
Includes a $4 million loss recorded to a payoff reserve during the year ended December 31, 2016 and $2 million gain related to the sale of MSRs during the year ended December 31, 2015.
(3)
Changes in the derivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs.    

91

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



The following table summarizes income and fees associated with our mortgage loans subserviced: 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$
35

 
$
29

 
$
33

Other servicing charges
(14
)
 
(11
)
 
(7
)
Total income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan administration
$
21

 
$
18

 
$
26

(1)
Servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on cash basis.

Note 11 — Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company's policy is to present its derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for set-off are in place. However, for derivative contracts cleared through certain central clearing parties, variation margin payments are recognized as settlements. We are exposed to non-performance risk by the counterparties to our various derivative financial instruments. A majority of our derivatives are centrally cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House or consist of residential mortgage interest rate lock commitments further limiting our exposure to non-performance risk. We believe that the non-performance risk inherent in our remaining derivative contracts is minimal based on credit standards and the collateral provisions of the derivative agreements.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: We maintain a derivative portfolio of interest rate swaps, futures and forward commitments used to manage exposure to changes in interest rates, MSR asset values and to meet the needs of customers. We also enter into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: We have designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of certain interest rate payments of our variable-rate FHLB advances.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which the hedge transaction is recognized in earnings. At December 31, 2017, we had $2 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), compared to $1 million of unrealized gains at December 31, 2016. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings during the next 12 months represents $2 million of losses (net-of-tax).

Derivatives that are designated in hedging relationships are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis at inception and throughout the hedge period. All hedge relationships were and are expected to be highly effective as of December 31, 2017. Cash flows and the profit impact associated with designated hedges are reported in the same category as the underlying hedged item.

92

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



The following table presents the notional amount, estimated fair value and maturity of our derivative financial instruments:
 
December 31, 2017 (1)
 
Notional Amount
 
Fair Value (2)
 
Expiration Dates
 
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances
$
830

 
$
1

 
2023-2026
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$
1,597

 
$

 
2018-2022
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
2,646

 
4

 
2018
Rate lock commitments
3,629

 
24

 
2018
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
1,441

 
11

 
2018-2048
Total derivative assets
$
9,313

 
$
39

 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$
209

 
$

 
2018-2021
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
3,197

 
6

 
2018
Rate lock commitments
214

 

 
2018
Interest rate swaps
617

 
4

 
2018-2027
Total derivative liabilities
$
4,237

 
$
10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
Notional Amount
 
Fair Value (2)
 
Expiration Dates
 
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances
$
600

 
$
20

 
2023-2026
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances
$
230

 
$
1

 
2025-2026
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$
4,621

 
$
2

 
2017-2020
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
3,776

 
43

 
2017
Rate lock commitments
3,517

 
24

 
2017
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
2,231

 
35

 
2017-2033
Total derivative assets
$
14,145

 
$
104

 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$
134

 
$

 
2017
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
1,893

 
11

 
2017
Rate lock commitments
598

 
6

 
2017
Interest rate swaps
1,129

 
37

 
2017-2047
Total derivative liabilities
$
3,754

 
$
54

 
 
(1)
At December 31, 2017, variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’s fair value of open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not recognized as settlement.
(2)
Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively.
    
    

93

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following tables present the derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement, including the cash pledged as collateral:
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Netted in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position
 
 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Gross Amount
 
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$
1

 
$

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
$
4

 
$

 
$
4

 
$

 
$
8

Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)
11

 

 
11

 

 
10

Total derivative assets
$
15

 
$

 
$
15

 
$

 
$
18

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
2

Mortgage-backed securities forwards
6

 

 
6

 

 
2

Interest rate swaps (1)
4

 

 
4

 

 
5

Total derivative liabilities
$
10

 
$

 
$
10

 
$

 
$
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$
20

 
$
1

 
$
19

 
$

 
$

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$
1

 
$
1

 
$

 
$

 
$
33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$
2

 
$

 
$
2

 
$

 
$

Mortgage-backed securities forwards
43

 

 
43

 

 
44

Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)
35

 

 
35

 

 
30

Total derivative assets
$
80

 
$

 
$
80

 
$

 
$
74

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1

Mortgage-backed securities forwards
11

 

 
11

 

 

Interest rate swaps (1)
37

 

 
37

 

 
20

Total derivative liabilities
$
48

 
$

 
$
48

 
$

 
$
21

(1)
At December 31, 2017, variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’s fair value of open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not recognized as settlement and we had an additional $15 million in variation margin in excess of the amounts disclosed above.

At December 31, 2017, we pledged a total of $26 million related to derivative financial instruments, consisting of $7 million of cash collateral on derivative liabilities and $19 million of maintenance margin on centrally clear derivatives and had an obligation to return cash of $18 million on derivative assets. We pledged a total of $54 million of cash collateral to counterparties and had an obligation to return cash of $74 million at December 31, 2016 for derivative activities. The net cash pledged is restricted and is included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

94

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



The following table presents the net gain (loss) recognized in income on derivative instruments, net of the impact of offsetting positions:
 
 
For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Location of Gain/(Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Futures
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
$
(1
)
 
$

 
$
6

Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
(11
)
 
(5
)
 
(2
)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
4

 
5

 
1

Rate lock commitments and forward agency and loan sales
Net gain (loss) on loan sales
(34
)
 
26

 
9

Forward commitments
Other noninterest income

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Interest rate swaps (1)
Other noninterest income
2

 
4

 
2

Total derivative (loss) gain
 
$
(40
)
 
$
28

 
$
14

(1)
Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.

Note 12 — Deposit Accounts

The deposit accounts are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits
 
 
 
Branch retail deposits
 
 
 
Demand deposit accounts
$
931

 
$
852

Savings accounts
3,482

 
3,824

Money market demand accounts
124

 
138

Certificates of deposit/CDARS
1,491

 
1,055

Total branch retail deposits
6,028

 
5,869

Commercial deposits
 
 
 
Demand deposit account
288

 
282

Savings account
71

 
63

Money market demand accounts
69

 
109

Certificates of deposit/CDARS
2

 
1

Total commercial deposits
430

 
455

Total retail deposits subtotal
6,458

 
6,324

Government deposits
 
 
 
Demand deposit accounts
251

 
250

Savings accounts
446

 
451

Certificates of deposit/CDARS
376

 
329

Total government deposits
1,073

 
1,030

Wholesale deposits
45

 

Company controlled deposits
1,358

 
1,446

Total deposits
$
8,934

 
$
8,800


    

95

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following indicates the scheduled maturities for certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $250,000:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Three months or less
$
159

 
$
126

Over three months to six months
128

 
116

Over six months to twelve months
173

 
146

One to two years
167

 
34

Thereafter
31

 
27

Total
$
658

 
$
449


Note 13 — Borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The following is a breakdown of our FHLB advances outstanding:
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
(Dollars in millions)
Short-term fixed rate term advances
$
4,260

 
1.40
%
 
$
1,780

 
0.62
%
Total Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
4,260

 
 
 
1,780

 
 
Long-term LIBOR adjustable advances
1,130

 
1.76
%
 
1,025

 
1.12
%
Long-term fixed rate advances (1)
275

 
1.41
%
 
175

 
1.12
%
Total Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
1,405

 
 
 
1,200

 
 
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances
$
5,665

 
 
 
$
2,980

 
 
(1)
Includes the current portion of fixed rate advances of $125 million and $50 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. We settled $250 million in long-term fixed rate FHLB advances during the fourth quarter of 2016.

We are required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral. In the event of default, the FHLB advance is similar to a secured borrowing, whereby the FHLB has the right to sell the pledged collateral to settle the fair value of the outstanding advances.

At December 31, 2017, we had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a line of credit of up to $7.0 billion and we may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At December 31, 2017, we had $5.7 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $763 million of collateralized borrowing capacity available at FHLB. The advances can be collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans with government guarantees, certain other loans and investment securities.

At December 31, 2017, $1.1 billion of the outstanding advances had an adjustable rate based on the three month LIBOR index. Interest rates on these advances reset every three months and the advances may be prepaid without penalty, with notification at scheduled three month intervals after an initial 12 month lockout period. The outstanding advances included $830 million in a cash flow hedge relationship as discussed in Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

The following table contains detailed information on our FHLB advances and other borrowings:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Maximum outstanding at any month end
$
5,665

 
$
3,557

 
$
3,541

Average outstanding balance
4,590

 
2,833

 
1,811

Average remaining borrowing capacity
1,195

 
1,137

 
1,611

Weighted average interest rate
1.30
%
 
1.16
%
 
1.00
%
    

96

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



The following table outlines the maturity dates of our FHLB advances and other borrowings:
 
December 31, 2017
 
(Dollars in millions)
2018
$
4,385

2019
50

2020

2021

Thereafter
1,230

Total
$
5,665


Parent Company Senior Notes and Trust Preferred Securities

The following table presents long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs:
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016

Amount
 
Interest Rate
 
Amount
 
Interest Rate
 
(Dollars in millions)
Senior Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes, matures 2021
$
247

 
6.125
%
 
$
246

 
6.125
%
Trust Preferred Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Floating Three Month LIBOR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plus 3.25%, matures 2032
$
26

 
4.92
%
 
$
26

 
4.25
%
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033
26

 
4.61
%
 
26

 
4.13
%
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033
26

 
4.94
%
 
26

 
4.25
%
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035
26

 
3.36
%
 
26

 
2.88
%
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035
26

 
3.36
%
 
26

 
2.88
%
Plus 1.75%, matures 2035
51

 
3.34
%
 
51

 
2.71
%
Plus 1.50%, matures 2035
25

 
2.86
%
 
25

 
2.38
%
Plus 1.45%, matures 2037
25

 
3.04
%
 
25

 
2.41
%
Plus 2.50%, matures 2037
16

 
4.09
%
 
16

 
3.46
%
Total Trust Preferred Securities
247

 
 
 
247

 
 
Total long-term debt
$
494

 
 
 
$
493

 
 

Senior Notes

On July 11, 2016, we issued $250 million of senior notes ("Senior Notes") which mature on July 15, 2021. The notes are unsecured and rank equally and ratably with the unsecured senior indebtedness of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Prior to June 15, 2021, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50 percent, plus, in each case accrued and unpaid interest.
    
Trust Preferred Securities

We sponsor nine trust subsidiaries, which issued preferred stock to third party investors. We issued trust preferred securities to those trusts, which we have included in long-term debt. The trust preferred securities are the sole assets of those trusts.

The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable quarterly; however, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. As of December 31, 2017, we had no deferred interest.


97

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 14 — Representation and Warranty Reserve

At the time a loan is sold, an estimate of the fair value of the guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in the representation and warranty reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. This reduces the net gain on loan sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table shows the activity impacting the representation and warranty reserve:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance, beginning of period
$
27

 
$
40

 
$
53

Provision (benefit)
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale reduction for representation and warranty liability
4

 
5

 
7

Representation and warranty provision (benefit)
(13
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
Total
(9
)
 
(14
)
 
(12
)
(Charge-offs) recoveries, net
(3
)
 
1

 
(1
)
Balance, end of period
$
15

 
$
27

 
$
40


Note 15— Warrants

May Investor Warrant

We granted warrants (the "May Investor Warrants") on January 30, 2009 under anti-dilution provisions applicable to certain investors (the "May Investors") in our May 2008 private placement capital raise.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, a total of 237,627 May Investor Warrants were exercised, resulting in the net issuance of 154,313 shares of Common Stock. As of December 31, 2017, there are no remaining May Investor Warrants outstanding and the related liability is reduced to zero. At December 31, 2016, the liability was $4 million. For further information, see Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements.

TARP Warrant

On January 30, 2009, in conjunction with the sale of 266,657 shares of TARP Preferred, we issued a warrant to purchase up to approximately 645,138 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $62.00 per share (the "Warrant").

The Warrant is exercisable through January 30, 2019 and remains outstanding.     


98

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 16 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
(8
)
 
$
5

 
$
8

Unrealized gain (loss)
(19
)
 
(10
)
 
(7
)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision
(7
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
Net unrealized gain (loss)
(12
)
 
(7
)
 
(5
)
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
3

 
(9
)
 
3

Less: Tax (benefit) provision
1

 
(3
)
 
1

Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI
2

 
(6
)
 
2

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
(10
)
 
(13
)
 
(3
)
Ending balance
$
(18
)
 
$
(8
)
 
$
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
1

 
$
(3
)
 
$

Unrealized gain (loss)
5

 
(13
)
 
(6
)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision
1

 
(5
)
 
(1
)
Net unrealized gain (loss)
4

 
(8
)
 
(5
)
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
(5
)
 
19

 
2

Less: Tax (benefit) provision
(2
)
 
7

 

Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI
(3
)
 
12

 
2

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
1

 
4

 
(3
)
Ending balance
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
(3
)
(1)
Reclassifications are reported in other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.


99

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 17 — Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share, excluding dilution, is computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that could then share in our earnings.
    
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(In millions, except share data)
Net income
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends

 
(18
)
 
(30
)
Net income applicable to common stockholders
$
63

 
$
153

 
$
128

Weighted Average Shares
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
57,093,868

 
56,569,307

 
56,426,977

Effect of dilutive securities
 
 
 
 
 
May Investor Warrants
12,287

 
138,314

 
305,484

Stock-based awards
1,072,188

 
890,046

 
432,062

Weighted average diluted common shares
58,178,343

 
57,597,667

 
57,164,523

Earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
$
1.11

 
$
2.71

 
$
2.27

Effect of dilutive securities
 
 
 
 
 
May Investor Warrants

 
(0.01
)
 
(0.01
)
Stock-based awards
(0.02
)
 
(0.04
)
 
(0.02
)
Diluted earnings per common share
$
1.09

 
$
2.66

 
$
2.24

    
Under the terms of the TARP Preferred, the Company elected to defer payments of preferred stock dividends beginning with the February 2012 dividend. Although, while being deferred, the impact was not included in quarterly net income from continuing operations, the deferral did impact net income applicable to common stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per share, as shown above. On July 29, 2016, we completed the $267 million redemption of TARP Preferred.    

Note 18 — Stock-Based Compensation
    
Our board of directors participates in various stock option plans and incentive compensation plans. Certain key employees, officers, directors and others are eligible to receive stock awards. Awards that may be granted under the plan include stock options, incentive stock options, cash-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units and other awards. Under the current plan, the exercise price of any award granted must be at least equal to the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Non-qualified stock options granted to directors expire 5 years from the date of grant. Grants other than non-qualified stock options have term limits set by the board of directors in the applicable agreement. Stock appreciation rights generally expire 7 years from the date of grant. Awards still outstanding under any of the prior plans will continue to be governed by their respective terms.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, compensation expense recognized related to stock-based compensation totaled $11 million, $11 million and $3 million, respectively.


100

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Stock Options

The following tables summarize the activity that occurred in the years ended December 31:
 
Number of Shares
 
2017 (1)
 
2016
 
2015
Options outstanding, beginning of year
45,791

 
53,284

 
63,598

Options canceled, forfeited and expired
(5,073
)
 
(7,493
)
 
(10,314
)
Options outstanding, end of year
40,718

 
45,791

 
53,284

Options vested or expected to vest, end of year
40,718

 
45,791

 
53,284

Options exercisable, end of year
20,286

 
23,576

 
27,197

 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
2017 (1)
 
2016
 
2015
Options outstanding, beginning of year
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

 
$
94.33

Options canceled, forfeited and expired
80.00

 
80.00

 
168.34

Options outstanding, end of year
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

Options vested or expected to vest, end of year
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

Options exercisable, end of year
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

 
$
80.00

(1)
 All outstanding options at December 31, 2017 are vested or expected to vest and have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.1 years.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, was zero. Additionally, there was no aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercised at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

We have issued restricted stock units to officers, directors and certain employees. Restricted stock units generally will vest in 3 increments on each annual anniversary of the date of grant beginning with the first anniversary subject to service and performance conditions.

On October 20, 2015, our Board approved and adopted the Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. Executive Long-Term Incentive Program ("ExLTIP"). The ExLTIP provides for payouts to certain executives only if our stock achieves and sustains a specified market performance within ten years of the grant date. The ExLTIP awards were made in the form of restricted stock units under and subject to the terms of the 2016 Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. Stock and Incentive Plan, which was approved at the May 24, 2016 annual shareholder meeting. If vested, the restricted stock units would pay out in five installments, subject to a quality review.

At December 31, 2017, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued were 2,132,452 shares. The total fair value of awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 was $7 million, $3 million, and $2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards was $12 million with a weighted average expense recognition period of 2.5 years.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Shares
 
Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
 
Shares
 
Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
 
Shares
 
Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-vested balance at beginning of period
1,461,910

 
$
17.68

 
1,299,985

 
$
16.36

 
233,691

 
$
17.21

Granted
357,058

 
28.06

 
310,209

 
22.97

 
1,325,134

 
16.11

Vested
(385,454
)
 
17.36

 
(134,767
)
 
15.78

 
(152,220
)
 
15.25

Canceled and forfeited
(143,064
)
 
18.89

 
(13,517
)
 
17.24

 
(106,620
)
 
18.46

Non-vested balance at end of period
1,290,450

 
$
20.52

 
1,461,910

 
$
17.68

 
1,299,985

 
$
16.36



101

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("2017 ESPP") was approved on March 20, 2017 by our Board of Directors ("the Board") and on May 23, 2017 by our shareholders. The 2017 ESPP became effective July 1, 2017 and will remain effective until terminated by the Board. A total of 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are reserved and authorized for issuance for purchase under the 2017 ESPP. During the year ended December 31, 2017, 48,032 shares were issued under the 2017 ESPP and our associated compensation expense was de minimis.

Incentive Compensation Plans

We had an expense of $33 million, $33 million and $30 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for annual employee incentive payments and commission based payments.

Note 19— Income Taxes

Components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes consist of the following:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Current
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
2

 
$
4

 
$
2

Total current income tax expense
2

 
4

 
2

Deferred
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
66

 
84

 
82

Federal impact of tax reform
80

 

 

State

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Total deferred income tax expense
146

 
83

 
80

Total income tax expense
$
148

 
$
87

 
$
82


Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal tax rate. The following is a summary of such differences:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Provision at statutory federal income tax rate (35%)
$
74

 
$
90

 
$
84

Increases (decreases) resulting from:
 
 
 
 
 
Tax Reform
80

 

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance
(3
)
 
(3
)
 
(1
)
Restricted stock compensation
(2
)
 

 

State income tax (benefit), net of federal income tax effect (includes valuation allowance)

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Warrant expense (income)

 
1

 
1

Non-deductible compensation

 

 
1

Other
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Provision for income taxes
$
148

 
$
87

 
$
82

Effective tax provision rate
70.1
%
 
33.7
%
 
34.2
%

The increase in our income tax provision and effective tax provision rate during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to the new tax legislation which resulted in a charge to the provision for income taxes of approximately $80 million due to the revaluation of our DTAs at a lower corporate statutory rate.

    

102

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Temporary differences and carry forwards that give rise to DTAs and liabilities are comprised of the following:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards (Federal and State)
$
110

 
$
195

Allowance for loan losses
43

 
74

Litigation settlement
14

 
22

Alternative Minimum Tax credit carry forwards

 
18

Representation and warranty reserves
3

 
10

Accrued compensation
10

 
15

Contingent Consideration
6

 

Loan deferred fees and costs
2

 
3

Non-accrual interest revenue
1

 
2

Deferred interest
1

 
2

General business credits
3

 
1

Other
2

 
5

Total
195

 
347

Valuation allowance
(20
)
 
(20
)
Total (net)
175

 
327

Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
Premises and equipment
(14
)
 
(12
)
Mortgage loan servicing rights
(3
)
 
(11
)
Mark-to-market adjustments
(10
)
 
(9
)
Commercial lease financing
(9
)
 
(5
)
State and local taxes
(3
)
 
(4
)
Total
(39
)
 
(41
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
136

 
$
286


At December 31, 2017, we reclassified $20 million of AMT credits from deferred taxes to other assets as a result of tax reform.
We have not provided deferred income taxes for the Bank’s pre-1988 tax bad debt reserve at December 31, 2017 of approximately $4 million because it is not anticipated that this temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. Such reserves would only be taken into taxable income if the Bank, or a successor institution, liquidates, redeems shares, pays dividends in excess of earnings, or ceases to qualify as a bank for tax purposes.

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had federal net operating loss carry forwards of $381 million and $480 million, respectively. These carry forwards, if unused, expire in calendar years 2028 through 2037. As a result of a change in control occurring on January 30, 2009, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code places an annual limitation on the use of our new operating loss carry forwards that existed at that time. At December 31, 2017 we had $120 million of net operating loss carry forwards subject to certain annual use limitations which expire in calendar years 2028 through 2029.

We regularly evaluate the need for DTA valuation allowances based on a more likely than not standard as defined by generally accepted accounting principles. The ability to realize DTAs depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each applicable tax jurisdiction.

We had a total state DTA before valuation allowance of $33 million which includes total state net operating loss carryforwards of $579 million at December 31, 2017. In connection with our ongoing assessment of deferred taxes, we analyzed each state net operating loss separately and determined the amount of such net operating loss, which is expected to expire unused, and recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the DTA for state net operating losses to the amount which is more likely than not to be realized. At December 31, 2017, the net state DTAs which will more likely than not be realized, was $14 million and we have maintained a valuation allowance of $20 million due to state loss carryover limitations.

We will continue to regularly assess the realizability of our DTAs. Changes in earnings performance and future earnings projections, among other factors, may cause us to adjust our valuation allowance.

103

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements



Our income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal, state and local government authorities. On an ongoing basis, numerous federal, state and local examinations are in progress and cover multiple tax years. At December 31, 2017, the Internal Revenue Service had completed an examination of us through the taxable year ended December 31, 2013. The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not recognize any interest income, interest expense, or increase or decreases to uncertain income tax positions of greater than $1 million, individually or in aggregate.

Note 20 — Regulatory Capital

We, along with the Bank, must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective and include transition provisions through 2018.

At the end of 2017 a final rule was issued that will maintain the transition provisions for certain items deducted from regulatory capital. For additional information, see Item 1. Business and Item 1A. Risk Factors.

To be categorized as "well-capitalized," the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum tangible capital, Tier 1 capital, common equity Tier 1, and total capital ratios as set forth in the table below. We, along with the Bank, are considered "well-capitalized" at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

The following tables present the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated:
Flagstar Bancorp
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
$
1,442

8.51
%
 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
1,442

8.51
%
 
$
678

4.0
%
 
$
848

5.0
%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,216

11.50
%
 
476

4.5
%
 
688

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,442

13.63
%
 
635

6.0
%
 
846

8.0
%
Total capital (to RWA)
1,576

14.90
%
 
846

8.0
%
 
1,058

10.0
%
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
$
1,256

8.88
%
 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
1,256

8.88
%
 
$
566

4.0
%
 
$
707

5.0
%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,084

13.06
%
 
374

4.5
%
 
540

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,256

15.12
%
 
498

6.0
%
 
664

8.0
%
Total capital (to RWA)
1,363

16.41
%
 
664

8.0
%
 
830

10.0
%
N/A - Not applicable.


104

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Flagstar Bank
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
$
1,531

9.04
%
 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
1,531

9.04
%
 
$
677

4.0
%
 
$
847

5.0
%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,531

14.46
%
 
476

4.5
%
 
688

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,531

14.46
%
 
635

6.0
%
 
847

8.0
%
Total capital (to RWA)
1,664

15.72
%
 
847

8.0
%
 
1,059

10.0
%
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
$
1,491

10.52
%
 
N/A

N/A

 
N/A

N/A

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)
1,491

10.52
%
 
$
567

4.0
%
 
$
709

5.0
%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,491

17.90
%
 
375

4.5
%
 
542

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)
1,491

17.90
%
 
500

6.0
%
 
667

8.0
%
Total capital (to RWA)
1,598

19.18
%
 
667

8.0
%
 
833

10.0
%
N/A - Not applicable.

Note 21 — Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings
    
We and our subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business operations. In addition, the Bank is routinely named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former borrowers relating to the origination, purchase, sale, and servicing of mortgage loans. From time to time, governmental agencies also conduct investigations or examinations of various practices of the Bank. In the course of such investigations or examinations, the Bank cooperates with such agencies and provides information as requested.

We assess the liabilities and loss contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings on at least a quarterly basis and establish accruals when we believe it is probable that a loss may be incurred and that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, litigation accruals are adjusted, as appropriate, in light of additional information.

At December 31, 2017, we do not believe that the amount of any reasonably possible losses in excess of any amounts accrued with respect to ongoing proceedings or any other known claims will be material to our financial statements, or that the ultimate outcome of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

DOJ litigation settlement

In 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ which meets the definition of a financial liability (the "DOJ Liability").

In accordance with the Settlement Agreement, we made an initial payment of $15 million and agreed to make future annual payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting all conditions, which are evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in the third quarter of 2016; and (c) the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio equals 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report with the OCC.

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report with the OCC first reporting that its Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment would be due at that time. The next annual payment is then only made if such other conditions continue to be satisfied, otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.


105

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of the above conditions.

Additionally, if the Bank and Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank or Bancorp represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets. Annual payments must commence twelve months after the date of that business combination.

We elected to account for the DOJ Liability under the fair value option. To determine the fair value, we utilize a discounted cash flow model. Key assumptions for the discounted cash flow model include using a discount rate as of December 31, 2017 of 9.7 percent; probability weightings of multiple cash flow scenarios and possible outcomes which contemplate the above conditions and estimates of forecasted net income, size of the balance sheet, capital levels, dividends and their impact on the timing of cash payments and the assumptions we believe a market participant would make to transfer the liability. The fair value of the DOJ Liability was $60 million at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Other litigation accruals

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, excluding the fair value liability relating to the DOJ litigation settlement, our total accrual for contingent liabilities and settled litigation was $1 million and $3 million, respectively.

Commitments

The following table is a summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Commitments to extend credit
 
 
 
Mortgage loan interest-rate lock commitments
$
3,667

 
$
4,115

Warehouse loan commitments
1,618

 
1,670

Commercial and industrial commitments
695

 
424

Other commercial commitments
1,021

 
651

HELOC commitments
283

 
179

Other consumer commitments
15

 
57

Standby and commercial letters of credit
50

 
30


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is not a violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us, upon extension of credit is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparties.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk beyond the amount recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Our exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We utilize the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for balance sheet instruments. The types of credit we extend are as follows:

Mortgage loan interest-rate lock commitments. We enter into mortgage interest-rate lock commitments with our customers. These commitments are considered to be derivative instruments and the fair value of these commitments is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in other assets. For further information, see Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

Warehouse loan commitments. Lines of credit provided to mortgage originators to fund loans they originate and then sell. The proceeds of the sale of the loans are used to repay the draw on the line used to fund the loans.

Commercial and industrial and other commercial commitments. Conditional commitments issued under various terms to lend funds to business and other entities. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments

106

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.

HELOC commitments. Commitments to extend, originate or purchase credit are primarily lines of credit to consumers and have specified rates and maturity dates. Many of these commitments also have adverse change clauses, which allow us to cancel the commitment due to deterioration in the borrowers’ creditworthiness or a decline in the collateral value.

Other consumer commitments. Conditional commitments issued to accommodate the financial needs of customers. The commitments are made under various terms to lend funds to consumers, which include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements.

Standby and commercial letters of credit. Conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party. These financial standby letters of credit irrevocably obligate the bank to pay a third party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.

We maintain a reserve for the estimate of probable credit losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include unfunded loans with available balances, new commitments to lend that are not yet funded, and standby and commercial letters of credit. A reserve balance of $3 million at both December 31, 2017 and 2016, is reflected in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Note 22 — Fair Value Measurements

We utilize fair value measurements to record or disclose the fair value on certain assets and liabilities. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability through an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In cases where quoted market values in an active market are not available, we use present value techniques and other valuation methods to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments. These valuation models rely on market-based parameters when available, such as interest rate yield curves or credit spreads. Unobservable inputs may be based on management's judgment, assumptions and estimates related to credit quality, our future earnings, interest rates and other relevant inputs. These valuation methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions made and methods used.

Valuation Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The hierarchy is based on the transparency of the inputs used in the valuation process with the highest priority given to quoted prices available in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs where no active market exists, as discussed below.

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which we can participate as of the measurement date;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the valuation hierarchy that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the reporting period.


107

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value by caption on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and by level in the valuation hierarchy:
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total Fair Value
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$

 
$
987

 
$

 
$
987

Agency - Residential

 
794

 

 
794

Municipal obligations

 
34

 

 
34

Corporate debt obligations

 
38

 

 
38

Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
4,300

 

 
4,300

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
8

 

 
8

Home equity

 

 
4

 
4

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
291

 
291

Derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)

 

 
24

 
24

Mortgage-backed securities forwards

 
4

 

 
4

Interest rate swaps and swaptions

 
11

 

 
11

Total assets at fair value
$

 
$
6,176

 
$
319

 
$
6,495

Derivative liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap on FHLB advances

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards

 
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
Interest rate swaps

 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
DOJ litigation settlement

 

 
(60
)
 
(60
)
Contingent consideration

 

 
(25
)
 
(25
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(11
)
 
$
(85
)
 
$
(96
)
 
On May 15, 2017, the Company closed on the acquisition of certain assets of Opes Advisors (“Opes”), a California based retail mortgage originator and wealth management service provider. Although the acquired assets of Opes were not significant, the addition of Opes positions us to increase our distributed retail lending channel. Consideration in the acquisition of Opes consisted of upfront cash and contingent cash in the form of an earn-out. The earn-out is based on future target production volumes and profitability of the division which were significant inputs to the preliminary fair value.


108

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 
December 31, 2016
  
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total Fair Value
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency - Commercial
$

 
$
548

 
$

 
$
548

Agency - Residential

 
898

 

 
898

Municipal obligations

 
34

 

 
34

Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
3,145

 

 
3,145

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
7

 

 
7

Home equity

 

 
65

 
65

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
335

 
335

Derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)

 

 
24

 
24

Futures
2

 

 

 
2

Mortgage-backed securities forwards

 
43

 

 
43

Interest rate swaps and swaptions

 
35

 

 
35

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (net)

 
19

 

 
19

Total assets at fair value
$
2

 
$
4,729

 
$
424

 
$
5,155

Derivative liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
$

 
$

 
$
(6
)
 
$
(6
)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards

 
(11
)
 

 
(11
)
Interest rate swaps

 
(37
)
 

 
(37
)
Warrant liabilities

 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
DOJ litigation settlement

 

 
(60
)
 
(60
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(52
)
 
$
(66
)
 
$
(118
)

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and 2015.

    













109

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following tables include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounts (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by us within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy:

Balance at
Beginning
of Year
Recorded
in Earnings
 
Recorded
in OCI
Purchases / Originations
Sales
Settlement
Transfers In (Out)
Balance at End of Year
Total
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses)
Total
Realized
Gains/
(Losses)
 
Total
Unrealized
Gains/
(Losses)
 
(Dollars in millions)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$

$
1

$

 
$

$

$
(52
)
$
(1
)
$
52

$

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
65

2


 



(8
)
(55
)
4

Mortgage servicing rights
335

(22
)

 

288

(310
)


291

Rate lock commitments (net) (1)
18

54


 

267



(315
)
24

Totals
$
418

$
35

$

 
$

$
555

$
(362
)
$
(9
)
$
(318
)
$
319

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(60
)
$

$

 
$

$

$

$

$

$
(60
)
Contingent consideration

(1
)

 

(25
)

1


(25
)
Totals
$
(60
)
$
(1
)
$

 
$

$
(25
)
$

$
1

$

$
(85
)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
106

$
5

$

 
$

$

$

$
(46
)
$

$
65

Mortgage servicing rights
296

(105
)

 

228

(84
)


335

Rate lock commitments (net) (1)
26

25


 

325



(358
)
18

Totals
$
428

$
(75
)
$

 
$

$
553

$
(84
)
$
(46
)
$
(358
)
$
418

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(84
)
$
24

$

 
$

$

$

$

$

$
(60
)
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal obligation
$
2

$

$

 
$

$

$

$
(2
)
$

$

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
185

$
(2
)
$

 
$

$

$

$
(77
)
$

$
106

Mortgage servicing rights
258

(46
)

 

260

(176
)


296

Other investments
100

 
 
 
 
 
 
(100
)
 

Rate lock commitments (net) (1)
31

60


 

277



(342
)
26

Totals
$
576

$
12

$

 
$

$
537

$
(176
)
$
(179
)
$
(342
)
$
428

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
(84
)
$

$
(3
)
 
$

$

$
52

$
35

$

$

DOJ litigation settlement
(82
)
(2
)

 





(84
)
Totals
$
(166
)
$
(2
)
$
(3
)
 
$

$

$
52

$
35

$

$
(84
)
(1)
Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.

We utilized swaptions futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with mortgage servicing rights and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines in the tables do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments.
    
    

110

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of:
 
Fair Value
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average)
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
Assets
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
4

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
 
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
5.1% - 7.7% (6.4%)
3.0% - 4.5% (3.6%)
Mortgage servicing rights
$
291

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
 
5.0% - 7.5% (6.3%)
8.0% - 11.8% (9.9%)
$58 - $87 ($73)
Rate lock commitments (net)
$
24

 
Consensus pricing
 
Origination pull-through rate
 
64.7% - 97.1% (82.0%)
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(60
)
 
Discounted cash flows
 
Discount rate
Asset growth rate
 
7.8% - 11.7% (9.7%)
5.6% - 17.4% (6.3%)
Contingent consideration
$
(25
)
 
Discounted cash flows
 
Beta
Equity volatility
 
0.6 - 1.6 (1.1)
26.6% - 58.9% (40.0%)

 
Fair Value
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average)
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2016
 
Assets
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
65

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
 
6.0% - 12.2% (9.3%)
16.3% - 24.4% (20.3%)
2.7% - 4.1% (3.7%)
Mortgage servicing rights
$
335

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
 
6.2% - 9.3% (7.8%)
13.9% - 19.2% (16.7%)
$55 - $82 ($68)
Rate lock commitments (net)
$
18

 
Consensus pricing
 
Origination pull-through rate
 
66.9% - 100.0% (83.6%)
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(60
)
 
Discounted cash flows
 
Discount rate
Asset growth rate
 
6.6% - 9.8% (8.2%)
4.2% - 11.6% (7.9%)

Recurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

Home equity. The most significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the home equity loans are discount rates, constant prepayment rates, and default rates. The constant prepayment and default rates are based on a 12 month historical average. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in prepay rates in isolation result in a higher (lower) fair value and increases (decreases) in default rates in isolation result in a lower (higher) fair value. HELOC loans formerly included in the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trusts, also classified as home equity loans, were valued utilizing a loan-level discounted cash flow model which projects expected cash flows given three potential outcomes: (1) paid-in-full at scheduled maturity, (2) default at scheduled maturity (foreclosure), and (3) modification at scheduled maturity into an amortizing HELOC. Loans are placed into the potential outcome buckets based on their underlying current delinquency, FICO scores and property CLTV all of which are unobservable inputs. These loans were sold in the second quarter of 2017.

MSRs. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads, prepayment rates, and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all three assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Weighted average life (in years) is used to determine the change in fair value of MSRs. For December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 the weighted average life (in years) for the entire MSRs portfolio was 6.0 and 6.6, respectively.
 
DOJ litigation settlement. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the DOJ litigation settlement are the discount rate and asset growth rate, in addition to those discussed in Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate or asset growth rate in isolation would result in a

111

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


marginally lower (higher) fair value measurement. For further information on the fair value inputs related to the DOJ litigation settlement, see Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.
    
Rate lock commitments. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fallout ratios (i.e., the inverse of the pull through rate) are applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

Contingent consideration. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the contingent consideration is future forecasted target production volumes and profitability of the division. An increase or decrease to these inputs results in an increase or decrease of the liability. Other unobservable inputs include Beta and volatility which drive the risk adjusted discount rate utilized in a Monte Carlo simulation. An increase or decrease in these inputs results in a decrease or increase to the liability.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

We also have assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
 
Total (1)
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Gains/(Losses)
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$
6

 
$
6

 
$

 
$
(1
)
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
21

 

 
21

 
(10
)
Repossessed assets (3)
8

 

 
8

 

Totals
$
35

 
$
6

 
$
29

 
$
(11
)
December 31, 2016


 
 
 


 
 
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$
9

 
$
9

 
$

 
$
(2
)
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
25

 

 
25

 
(28
)
Repossessed assets (3)
14

 

 
14

 
(2
)
Totals
$
48

 
$
9

 
$
39

 
$
(32
)
(1)
The fair values are determined at various dates during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)
Gains/(losses) reflect fair value adjustments on assets for which we did not elect the fair value option.
(3)
Gains/(losses) reflect write downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets.
 
The following tables present the quantitative information about nonrecurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements:
 
Fair Value
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average)
 
(Dollars in millions)
December 31, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment
$
21

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Loss severity discount
 
25% - 30% (27.9%)
Repossessed assets
$
8

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Loss severity discount
 
0% - 100% (70.9%)
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
$
25

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Loss severity discount
 
22% - 40% (29.5%)
Repossessed assets
$
14

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Loss severity discount
 
22% - 100% (69.5%)

Nonrecurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the impaired loans and repossessed assets are appraisals or other third-party price evaluations which incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties.


112

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments that are carried either at fair value, cost, or amortized cost:
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
204

 
$
204

 
$
204

 
$

 
$

Investment securities available-for-sale
1,853

 
1,853

 

 
1,853

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity
939

 
924

 

 
924

 

Loans held-for-sale
4,321

 
4,322

 

 
4,322

 

Loans held-for-investment
7,713

 
7,667

 

 
8

 
7,659

Loans with government guarantees
271

 
261

 

 
261

 

Mortgage servicing rights
291

 
291

 

 

 
291

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
303

 
303

 

 
303

 

Bank owned life insurance
330

 
330

 

 
330

 

Repossessed assets
8

 
8

 

 

 
8

Other assets, foreclosure claims
84

 
84

 

 
84

 

Derivative financial instruments, assets
39

 
39

 

 
15

 
24

Liabilities
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits and savings accounts
$
(4,965
)
 
$
(4,557
)
 
$

 
$
(4,557
)
 
$

Certificates of deposit
(1,493
)
 
(1,498
)
 

 
(1,498
)
 

Wholesale deposits
(45
)
 
(43
)
 

 
(43
)
 

Government deposits
(1,073
)
 
(1,048
)
 

 
(1,048
)
 

Company controlled deposits
(1,358
)
 
(1,311
)
 

 
(1,311
)
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(5,665
)
 
(5,662
)
 

 
(5,662
)
 

Long-term debt
(494
)
 
(417
)
 

 
(417
)
 

DOJ litigation settlement
(60
)
 
(60
)
 

 

 
(60
)
Contingent consideration
(25
)
 
(25
)
 

 

 
(25
)
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities
(11
)
 
(11
)
 

 
(11
)
 


113

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
158

 
$
158

 
$
158

 
$

 
$

Investment securities available-for-sale
1,480

 
1,480

 

 
1,480

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity
1,093

 
1,084

 

 
1,084

 

Loans held-for-sale
3,177

 
3,178

 

 
3,178

 

Loans held-for-investment
6,065

 
5,998

 

 
7

 
5,991

Loans with government guarantees
365

 
354

 

 
354

 

Mortgage servicing rights
335

 
335

 

 

 
335

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
180

 
180

 

 
180

 

Bank owned life insurance
271

 
271

 

 
271

 

Repossessed assets
14

 
14

 

 

 
14

Other assets, foreclosure claims
135

 
135

 

 
135

 

Derivative financial instruments, assets
123

 
123

 
45

 
54

 
24

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits and savings accounts
$
(5,268
)
 
$
(4,956
)
 
$

 
$
(4,956
)
 
$

Certificates of deposit
(1,056
)
 
(1,062
)
 

 
(1,062
)
 

Government deposits
(1,030
)
 
(1,011
)
 

 
(1,011
)
 

Company controlled deposits
(1,446
)
 
(1,371
)
 

 
(1,371
)
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(2,980
)
 
(2,964
)
 

 
(2,964
)
 

Long-term debt
(493
)
 
(277
)
 

 
(277
)
 

Warrant liabilities
(4
)
 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
 

DOJ litigation settlement
(60
)
 
(60
)
 

 

 
(60
)
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities
(54
)
 
(54
)
 
(11
)
 
(37
)
 
(6
)

The methods and assumptions used by us in estimating fair value of financial instruments which are required for disclosure only, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.
    
Investment securities held-to-maturity. Fair values are generated using market inputs, where possible, including quoted prices (the closing price in an exchange market), bid prices (the price at which a buyer stands ready to purchase), and other market information.

Loans held-for-investment. The fair value is estimated using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Loans with government guarantees. The fair value is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock. No secondary market exists for FHLB stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the FHLB. Management believes that the recorded value equals the fair value.

Bank owned life insurance. The fair value of bank owned life insurance policies is based on the cash surrender values of the policies as reported by the insurance companies.

Other assets, foreclosure claims. The fair value of foreclosure claims with government guarantees approximates the carrying amount.


114

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Deposit accounts. The fair value of deposits with no defined maturity is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates current market rates for similar products and expected attrition. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.
    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Fair Value Option

We elected the fair value option for certain items as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to mitigate a divergence between accounting losses and economic exposure. Interest income on LHFS is accrued on the principal outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method.

The following table reflects the change in fair value included in earnings of financial instruments for which the fair value option has been elected:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets

 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
Net gain on loan sales
$
283

 
$
269

 
$
321

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
Other noninterest income
1

 
1

 
40

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
Other noninterest income
$

 
$

 
$
29

Litigation settlement
 
 
 
 
 
Other noninterest income

 
24

 

Other noninterest (expense)

 

 
(2
)


115

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected:
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Fair Value
 
Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Fair Value
 
Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
6

 
$
5

 
$
(1
)
 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$

Loans held-for-investment
5

 
4

 
(1
)
 
19

 
13

 
(6
)
Total nonaccrual loans
$
11

 
$
9

 
$
(2
)
 
$
21

 
$
15

 
$
(6
)
Other performing loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
4,167

 
$
4,295

 
$
128

 
$
3,103

 
$
3,143

 
$
40

Loans held-for-investment
10

 
8

 
(2
)
 
72

 
59

 
(13
)
Total other performing loans
$
4,177

 
$
4,303

 
$
126

 
$
3,175

 
$
3,202

 
$
27

Total loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
4,173

 
$
4,300

 
$
127

 
$
3,105

 
$
3,145

 
$
40

Loans held-for-investment
15

 
12

 
(3
)
 
91

 
72

 
(19
)
Total loans
$
4,188

 
$
4,312

 
$
124

 
$
3,196

 
$
3,217

 
$
21

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Litigation settlement (1)
$
(118
)
 
$
(60
)
 
$
58

 
$
(118
)
 
$
(60
)
 
$
58

(1)
We are obligated to pay $118 million in installment payments upon meeting certain performance conditions, as described in Note 21 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

Note 23 — Segment Information

Our operations are conducted through three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and
Mortgage Servicing. The Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activity from which revenues are earned and expenses incurred for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The operating segments have been determined based on the products and services offered and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Each segment operates under the same banking charter, but is reported on a segmented basis for this report. Each of the operating segments is complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships of the segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities.

Effective January 1, 2017, activity related to Loans with Government Guarantees, was moved from the Mortgage Servicing segment to the Mortgage Originations segment. In addition, we began to allocate the tax provision at a segment level whereas previously, the tax provision was reflected in the Other segment. To allocate the tax provision, the statutory federal tax rate is used for Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and Mortgage Servicing segments with the difference between the statutory rate and the effective tax rate held in the Other segment. Prior period segment financial information, related to both changes, has been recast to conform to the current presentation.

The Community Banking segment originates loans, provides deposits and fee based services to consumer, business, and mortgage lending customers through its Branch Banking, Business Banking and Commercial Banking, Government Banking, Warehouse Lending and LHFI Portfolio groups. Products offered through these groups include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, consumer loans, commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, equipment finance and leasing, home builder finance loans and warehouse lines of credit. Other financial services available include consumer and corporate card services, customized treasury management solutions, merchant services and capital markets services such as loan syndications. In addition, wealth management products and services are provided through Opes as of the acquisition date of May 15, 2017.

The Mortgage Originations segment originates, acquires and sells one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. The origination and acquisition of mortgage loans comprises the majority of the lending activity. Mortgage loans are originated through home loan centers, national call centers, the Internet and unaffiliated banks and mortgage banking and brokerage

116

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


companies, where the net interest income and the gains from sales associated with these loans are recognized in the Mortgage Originations segment.

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage loans for others on a fee for service basis and may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest-bearing escrows. Revenue for those serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the status of the underlying loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment provides servicing of residential mortgages for our own LHFI portfolio in the Community Banking segment for which it earns revenue via an intersegment service fee allocation.

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. Treasury functions include administering the investment securities portfolios, balance sheet funding, and interest rate risk management. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets and liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage Servicing segments.
    
Revenues are comprised of net interest income (before the provision (benefit) for loan losses) and noninterest income. Noninterest expenses and provision (benefit) for income taxes, are fully allocated to each operating segment. Allocation methodologies may be subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system is revised and the business or product lines within the segments change.

    

117

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


The following tables present financial information by business segment for the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
Community Banking
 
Mortgage Originations
 
Mortgage Servicing
 
Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations

Net interest income
$
238

 
$
129

 
$
22

 
$
1

 
$
390

Net gain (loss) on loan sales
(10
)
 
278

 

 

 
268

Representation and warranty benefit

 
13

 

 

 
13

Other noninterest income
33

 
79

 
55

 
22

 
189

Total net interest income and noninterest income
261

 
499

 
77

 
23

 
860

Benefit (provision) for loan losses
(4
)
 
(4
)
 

 
2

 
(6
)
Depreciation and amortization expense
(9
)
 
(8
)
 
(4
)
 
(19
)
 
(40
)
Other noninterest expense
(188
)
 
(318
)
 
(96
)
 
(1
)
 
(603
)
Total noninterest expense
(197
)
 
(326
)
 
(100
)
 
(20
)
 
(643
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
60

 
169

 
(23
)
 
5

 
211

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
21

 
59

 
(8
)
 
76

 
148

Net income (loss)
$
39

 
$
110

 
$
(15
)
 
$
(71
)
 
$
63

Intersegment revenue
$
(6
)
 
$
4

 
$
19

 
$
(17
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
16

 
$
4,130

 
$

 
$

 
$
4,146

Loans with government guarantees

 
290

 

 

 
290

Loans held-for-investment
6,460

 
7

 

 
29

 
6,496

Total assets
6,544

 
5,414

 
36

 
3,852

 
15,846

Deposits
7,454

 

 
1,453

 

 
8,907

 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Community Banking
 
Mortgage Originations
 
Mortgage Servicing
 
Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations

Net interest income
$
206

 
$
90

 
$
25

 
$
2

 
$
323

Net gain (loss) on loan sales
6

 
310

 

 

 
316

Representation and warranty benefit

 
19

 

 

 
19

Other noninterest income
28

 
24

 
56

 
44

 
152

Total net interest income and noninterest income
240

 
443

 
81

 
46

 
810

Benefit (provision) for loan losses
10

 
(2
)
 

 

 
8

Depreciation and amortization expense
(7
)
 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
(16
)
 
(32
)
Other noninterest expense
(173
)
 
(253
)
 
(97
)
 
(5
)
 
(528
)
Total noninterest expense
(180
)
 
(258
)
 
(101
)
 
(21
)
 
(560
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
70

 
183

 
(20
)
 
25

 
258

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
24

 
64

 
(7
)
 
6

 
87

Net income (loss)
$
46

 
$
119

 
$
(13
)
 
$
19

 
$
171

Intersegment revenue
$
(3
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
23

 
$
(19
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
66

 
$
3,068

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,134

Loans with government guarantees

 
435

 

 

 
435

Loans held-for-investment
5,807

 
6

 

 

 
5,813

Total assets
5,906

 
4,435

 
28

 
3,538

 
13,907

Deposits
7,151

 

 
1,611

 

 
8,762


118

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Community Banking
 
Mortgage Originations
 
Mortgage Servicing
 
Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations

Net interest income
$
171

 
$
80

 
$
5

 
$
31

 
$
287

Net gain (loss) on loan sales
(15
)
 
303

 

 

 
288

Representation and warranty benefit

 
19

 

 

 
19

Other noninterest income
25

 
74

 
60

 
4

 
163

Total net interest income and noninterest income
181

 
476

 
65

 
35

 
757

Benefit for loan losses
19

 

 

 

 
19

Depreciation and amortization expense
(6
)
 
(3
)
 
(3
)
 
(12
)
 
(24
)
Other noninterest expense
(154
)
 
(244
)
 
(105
)
 
(9
)
 
(512
)
Total noninterest expense
(160
)
 
(247
)
 
(108
)
 
(21
)
 
(536
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
40

 
229

 
(43
)
 
14

 
240

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
14

 
80

 
(15
)
 
3

 
82

Net income (loss)
$
26

 
$
149

 
$
(28
)
 
$
11

 
$
158

Intersegment revenue
$
(15
)
 
$
7

 
$
20

 
$
(12
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
40

 
$
2,148

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,188

Loans with government guarantees

 
633

 

 

 
633

Loans held-for-investment
4,986

 
4

 

 
86

 
5,076

Total assets
4,972

 
3,553

 
52

 
3,379

 
11,956

Deposits
6,674

 

 
1,203

 

 
7,877



119

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 24 — Holding Company Only Financial Statements

The following are the unconsolidated financial statements for the Holding Company on a stand-alone basis. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. The Holding Company's principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company. Federal laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends or other capital distributions the Bank may pay the Holding Company.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Unconsolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in millions)
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
196

 
$
70

Investment in subsidiaries (1)
1,676

 
1,728

Other assets
44

 
57

Total assets
$
1,916

 
$
1,855

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Long term debt
$
494

 
$
493

Other liabilities
23

 
26

Total liabilities
517

 
519

Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Common stock
1

 
1

Additional paid in capital
1,512

 
1,503

Accumulated other comprehensive income
(17
)
 
(7
)
Accumulated deficit
(97
)
 
(161
)
Total stockholders’ equity
1,399

 
1,336

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,916

 
$
1,855

(1)
Includes unconsolidated trusts of $7 million for December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Unconsolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in millions) 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
25

 
$
16

 
$
7

General and administrative
9

 
9

 
13

Total
34

 
25

 
20

Loss before undistributed income of subsidiaries
(34
)
 
(25
)
 
(20
)
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
110

 
188

 
172

Income before income taxes
76

 
163

 
152

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
13

 
(8
)
 
(6
)
Net income
63

 
171

 
158

Other comprehensive income (1)
(9
)
 
(9
)
 
(6
)
Comprehensive income
$
54

 
$
162

 
$
152

(1)
See Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for other comprehensive income (loss) detail.


120

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Unconsolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in millions) 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net income (loss)
$
63

 
$
171

 
$
158

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in (income) loss of subsidiaries
47

 
12

 
(172
)
Stock-based compensation
5

 
10

 
3

Change in other assets
18

 
(8
)
 
(6
)
Provision for deferred tax benefit

 

 
1

Change in other liabilities
(2
)
 
(22
)
 
9

Change in fair value and other non-cash changes
(5
)
 
(4
)
 

Net cash used in operating activities
126

 
159

 
(7
)
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in investment in subsidiaries

 

 
(2
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities

 

 
(2
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures

 
245

 

Redemption of preferred stock

 
(267
)
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 
(104
)
 

Net cash used in financing activities

 
(126
)
 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
126

 
33

 
(9
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
70

 
37

 
46

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
196

 
$
70

 
$
37


121

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 25 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table represents summarized data for each of the quarters in 2017, 2016 and 2015:
 
2017
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Interest income
$
110

 
$
129

 
$
140

 
$
148

Interest expense
27

 
32

 
37

 
41

Net interest income
83

 
97

 
103

 
107

Provision (benefit) for loan losses
3

 
(1
)
 
2

 
2

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
80

 
98

 
101

 
105

Net gain on loan sales
48

 
66

 
75

 
79

Loan fees and charges
15

 
20

 
23

 
24

Deposit fees and charges
4

 
5

 
5

 
4

Loan administration income
5

 
6

 
5

 
5

Net return (loss) on the mortgage servicing rights
14

 
6

 
6

 
(4
)
Representation and warranty benefit
4

 
3

 
4

 
2

Other noninterest income
10

 
10

 
12

 
14

Noninterest expense
140

 
154

 
171

 
178

Income before income tax
40

 
60

 
60

 
51

Provision for income taxes
13

 
19

 
20

 
96

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
$
27

 
$
41

 
$
40

 
$
(45
)
Basic income (loss) per share
$
0.47

 
$
0.72

 
$
0.71

 
$
(0.79
)
Diluted income (loss) per share
$
0.46

 
$
0.71

 
$
0.70

 
$
(0.79
)
 
 
2016
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Interest income
$
101

 
$
99

 
$
106

 
$
111

Interest expense
22

 
22

 
26

 
24

Net interest income
79

 
77

 
80

 
87

(Benefit) provision for loan losses
(13
)
 
(3
)
 
7

 
1

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
92

 
80

 
73

 
86

Net gain on loan sales
75

 
90

 
94

 
57

Loan fees and charges
15

 
19

 
22

 
20

Loan administration income
6

 
4

 
4

 
4

Net (loss) on the mortgage servicing rights
(6
)
 
(4
)
 
(11
)
 
(5
)
Representation and warranty benefit
2

 
4

 
6

 
7

Other noninterest income
13

 
15

 
41

 
15

Noninterest expense
137

 
139

 
142

 
142

Income before income tax
60

 
69

 
87

 
42

Provision for income taxes
21

 
22

 
30

 
14

Net income from continuing operations
$
39

 
$
47

 
$
57

 
$
28

Basic income per share
$
0.56

 
$
0.67

 
$
0.98

 
$
0.50

Diluted income per share
$
0.54

 
$
0.66

 
$
0.96

 
$
0.49


122

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 
2015
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Interest income
$
79

 
$
90

 
$
91

 
$
95

Interest expense
14

 
17

 
18

 
19

Net interest income
65

 
73

 
73

 
76

(Benefit) for loan losses
(4
)
 
(13
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
69

 
86

 
74

 
77

Net gain on loan sales
91

 
83

 
68

 
46

Loan fees and charges
17

 
19

 
17

 
14

Loan administration income
4

 
7

 
8

 
7

Net (loss) return on mortgage servicing rights
(2
)
 
9

 
12

 
9

Representation and warranty benefit
2

 
5

 
6

 
6

Other noninterest income
7

 
3

 
17

 
15

Noninterest expense
138

 
138

 
131

 
129

Income before income tax
50

 
74

 
71

 
45

Provision for income taxes
18

 
28

 
24

 
12

Net income from continuing operations
$
32

 
$
46

 
$
47

 
$
33

Basis income per share
$
0.43

 
$
0.69

 
$
0.70

 
$
0.45

Diluted income per share
$
0.43

 
$
0.68

 
$
0.69

 
$
0.44


ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the Exchange Act), our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of our disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, we recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and implemented, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and that our management’s duties require it to make its best judgment regarding the design of our disclosure controls and procedures.

Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:


123



(i)
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

(ii)
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

(iii)
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with existing policies or procedures may deteriorate.

With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Based on this assessment, as of December 31, 2017 we assert that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

The effectiveness of Management's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
    
None.


124



PART III
 
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
    
Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item 10 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating Corporate Governance Committee are available at www.flagstar.com or upon written request by stockholders to Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., Attn: James Ciroli, CFO, 5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, MI 48098.

None of the information currently posted, or posted in the future, on our website is incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference, provided that the Compensation Committee Report shall be deemed to be furnished and not filed.

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to securities to be issued under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2017.
Plan Category
 
Number of
Securities to Be
Issued Upon
Exercise
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price (1)
 
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders - Restricted Stock Units (2)
 
1,290,450

 
$

 
2,132,452

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 

 

Total
 
1,290,450

 
$

 
2,132,452

(1)
Weighted average exercise price is calculated including RSUs, which for this purpose are treated as having an exercise price of zero.
(2)
For further information regarding the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan") and 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2016 Plan"), see Note 18 - Stock-Based Compensation.

ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 will be contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

125



PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) and (2) — Financial Statements and Schedules

The information required by these sections of Item 15 are set forth in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(3) — Exhibits

The following documents are filed as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report: 
Exhibit No.
  
Description
3.1*
  
3.2*
  
4.1*
 
4.2*
 
4.3*
 
10.1*+
 
10.2*
 
10.3*
 
10.4*
 

10.5*
 
10.6*
 
10.7
 
10.8*
 
10.9*
 
10.10*+
 

126



Exhibit No.
 
Description
10.11*+
 
10.12*+
 
10.13*+
 
10.14*+
 
10.15*+
 
10.16*+
 
10.17*+
 
11
 
12
 
21
 
23
 
31.1
 
31.2
 
32.1
 
32.2
 
101
 
Financial statements from Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Incorporated herein by reference
+
Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement
    
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. will furnish to any stockholder a copy of any of the exhibits listed above upon written request and upon payment of a specified reasonable fee, which fee shall be equal to the Company’s reasonable expenses in furnishing the exhibit to the stockholder. Requests for exhibits and information regarding the applicable fee should be directed to "David Urban, Director of Investor Relations" at the address of the principal executive offices set forth on the cover of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(b) — Exhibits. See Item 15.(a)(3) above.
(c) — Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15.(a)(2) above.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


127



ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
    
Not applicable.

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 12, 2018. 
 
FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
/s/    James K. Ciroli
 
 
 
 
James K. Ciroli
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
    

128




Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 12, 2018.
 
  
  
SIGNATURE
  
TITLE
 
 
/S/    ALESSANDRO DINELLO
 
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
By:
  
 Alessandro DiNello
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    JAMES K. CIROLI   
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
By:
  
    James K. Ciroli
  
 
 
 
 
 
/S/   BRYAN L. MARX 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting
Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
By:
  
    Bryan L. Marx
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    JOHN D. LEWIS  
 
 
By:
  
     John D. Lewis
  
Chairman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    DAVID J. MATLIN 
 
 
By:
  
       David J. Matlin
  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    PETER SCHOELS
 
 
By:
  
Peter Schoels
  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    DAVID L. TREADWELL  
 
 
By:
  
David L. Treadwell
  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    JAY J. HANSEN 
 
 
By:
  
Jay J. Hansen
  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    JAMES A. OVENDEN  
 
 
By:
  
James A. Ovenden
  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    BRUCE E. NYBERG
 
 
By:
  
Bruce E. Nyberg
  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    JENNIFER WHIP   
 
 
By:
 
Jennifer Whip
 
Director

129



EXHIBIT INDEX    The following documents are filed as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report: 
Exhibit No.
  
Description
3.1*
  
3.2*
  
4.1*
 
4.2*
 
4.3*
 
10.1*+
 
10.2*
 
10.3*
 
10.4*
 
10.5*
 
10.6*
 
10.7
 
10.8*
 
10.9*
 
10.10*+
 
10.11*+
 
10.12*+
 
10.13*+
 
10.14*+
 

130



Exhibit No.
  
Description
10.15*+
 
10.16*+
 
10.17*+
 
11
 
12
 
21
 
23
 
31.1
 
31.2
 
32.1
 
32.2
 
101
 
Financial statements from Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Incorporated herein by reference
+
Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement

131